School of Music 99/2001Bloomington Campus Bulletin Quality Education. Lifetime Opportunities.

School of Music

When you become a student at Indiana University, Bloomington Campus you join an academic community internationally known for the excellence and diversity of its programs. Indiana University is one of the nation’s oldest and largest state universities, with eight campuses serving 92,000 students. IU also offers courses through facilities at Columbus, Elkhart, and many other sites. Indiana University Campuses 99/2001Bulletin Indiana University Bloomington Indiana University–Purdue University Indianapolis Indiana University East (Richmond) Indiana University–Purdue University Fort Wayne Indiana University Kokomo Indiana University Northwest (Gary) Indiana University South Bend Indiana University Southeast (New Albany) Indiana University is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools (NCA) through the Commission on Institutions of Higher Education, 30 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60602-2504; 1-800-621-7440.

While every effort is made to provide accurate and current information, Indiana University reserves the right to change without notice statements in the bulletin series concerning rules, policies, fees, curricula, courses, or other matters. Administration School of Music Indiana University Administrative Officers MYLES BRAND, Ph.D., President of the University Dean HERMAN B WELLS, A.M., LL.D., Chancellor of the University DAVID G. WOODS, KENNETH R. R. GROS LOUIS, Ph.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and Chancellor, Indiana EUGENE O’BRIEN, Associate Dean, Instruction University Bloomington GWYN RICHARDS, Associate Dean, Admissions/Financial Aid GERALD L. BEPKO, LL.M., Vice President for Long-Range Planning and Chancellor, Indiana RENÉ MACHADO, Assistant Dean, Administration University–Purdue University Indianapolis DAVID NEUMEYER, Director, Graduate Studies; Interim Director, Undergraduate Studies J. TERRY CLAPACS, M.B.A., Vice President for Administration JUDITH G. PALMER, J.D., Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Departmental Chairpersons Vice President for Research and Dean of the Graduate School GEORGE E. WALKER, Ph.D., ARTS ADMINISTRATION, Ellen Schantz Vice President for Public Affairs and Government Relations CHRISTOPHER SIMPSON, M.A., AUDIO, Wayne Jackson, Interim Chair Vice President for Information Technology MICHAEL A. McROBBIE, Ph.D., BALLET, Virginia Cesbron Treasurer of the University STEVEN A. MILLER, M.B.A., BAND, Ray Cramer Chancellor of Indiana University East DAVID J. FULTON, Ph.D., BRASS, Michael Hatfield Chancellor of Indiana University–Purdue University Fort Wayne MICHAEL A. WARTELL, Ph.D., CHORAL CONDUCTING, Jan Harrington, Interim Chair Chancellor of Indiana University Kokomo and Chancellor Liaison EMITA B. HILL, Ph.D., COMPOSITION, Don Freund Chancellor of Indiana University Northwest HILDA RICHARDS, Ed.D., EARLY MUSIC, Paul Hillier Chancellor of Indiana University South Bend KENNETH L. PERRIN, Ph.D., GUITAR, Ernesto Bitetti Chancellor of Indiana University Southeast F. C. RICHARDSON, Ph.D., HARP, Susann McDonald Bloomington Campus INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING, Imre Palló JAZZ STUDIES, David Baker KENNETH R. R. GROS LOUIS, Ph.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and Chancellor, Indiana MUSIC EDUCATION, Charles Schmidt University Bloomington MUSIC IN GENERAL STUDIES, Mary Goetze MOYA L. ANDREWS, Ed.D., Acting Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculties MUSIC THEORY, Mary Wennerstrom MAYNARD D. THOMPSON, Ph.D., Vice Chancellor and Dean for Budgetary Administration and MUSICOLOGY, A. Peter Brown Planning ORGAN, Christopher Young DONALD R. HOSSLER, Ph.D., Acting Vice Chancellor for Enrollment Services PERCUSSION, Gerald Carlyss, Interim Chair RICHARD N. McKAIG, Ed.D., Dean of Students PIANO, Henry Upper JULIA LAMBER, J.D., Dean for Women’s Affairs, and Interim Director, Office of Affirmative Action STAGE DESIGN AND TECHNICAL PRODUCTION, Robert O’Hearn LAWRENCE J. HANKS, Ph.D., Dean for African American Affairs STRINGS, Lawrence Hurst ALBERTO TORCHINSKY, Ph.D., Dean for Latino Affairs VOICE, Roger Havranek MARY ELLEN ANDERSON, M.S., Acting Director of Admissions WOODWINDS, Kim Walker R. GERALD PUGH, Ed.D., Registrar Administrative Officers BUSINESS AND FINANCE, Royce Deckard, Director BUSINESS AND FINANCE, Nancy Waldon, Business Manager CAREER DEVELOPMENT, Ellen Schantz, Director CHORAL ENSEMBLES, David Villanueva, Director COMMUNICATIONS, Arizeder Urreiztieta, Director HUMAN RESOURCES, Meg Lindeman, Director INFORMATION AND DISTANCE LEARNING TECHNOLOGY, Bill Wang, Director INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES, Thomas Wieligman, Coordinator LATIN AMERICAN MUSIC CENTER, Carmen Tellez, Director MUSICAL ARTS CENTER, Marty Prentice, Business Manager MUSIC LIBRARY, Steven Sowell, Interim Administrator OPERA THEATER, Mark Clark, Director of Production; David G. Woods, General Manager OUTREACH, SPECIAL PROGRAMS, AND MUSICAL ATTRACTIONS, Eric Nichols, Director PLACEMENT, Richard Lathom, Director

INDIANA UNIVERSITY BULLETIN OFFICIAL SERIES (USPS 262440) ISSN 0888-5338

Periodicals postage paid at Bloomington, Indiana. Published twelve times a year (one time in February, May, June, July, August, September, November, and December; two times in March and October) by Indiana University from the Office of Publications, Poplars 721, 400 E. Seventh Street, Bloomington, IN 47405-3085. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to INDIANA UNIVERSITY BULLETIN MAIL ROOM, 300 N. Jordan, Bloomington, IN 47405-7700. Indiana University chose to print this bulletin with soy-based ink on recycled paper, both of which are more environmentally sound than traditional printing materials. Vol. XCVII, No. 7 Bloomington, Indiana August 1999 You can make another sound choice. Please recycle this bulletin. 30 Music History and Literature 49 Organ and Church Music Table of Contents 30 Keyboard Proficiency Examination 50 Percussion 30 Music Performance Proficiency 50 Piano 1 School of Music 12 Bachelor of Music, Early Music 31 General Requirements for Master’s 51 Strings (Vocal Emphasis) Degrees 52 Voice 1 History 13 Bachelor of Music, Jazz Studies 31 Degrees Offered 53 Wind Conducting 1 Purpose 14 Bachelor of Music, Orchestral 31 Credit Hour Requirements 53 Woodwinds 1 Outreach and Research Units Within Instrument or Guitar 31 Residence Requirement 54 Woodwinds (Multiple) the School of Music 15 Bachelor of Music, Organ 31 Required Grades 55 Curricula for Music-Related Graduate 2 Organizations and Services 15 Bachelor of Music, Piano 31 Comprehensive Review Degrees 2 Endowed Funds and Annual 16 Bachelor of Music, Voice 31 Time Limit for Degree Completion 55 Master of Arts, Arts Administration Scholarships 17 Bachelor of Music, Woodwind 31 General Requirements for Doctoral Major (through University Graduate 3 Procedural Information Instruments (Multiple) Degrees School) 3 Tuition and Fees 18 Bachelor of Music Education Degrees 32 Admission to Curriculum 56 Master of Science in Ballet 3 Credit by Examination 18 Bachelor of Music Education, Choral- 32 Prerequisites 56 Master of Arts and Master of Library 4 Ensemble Policy General Teaching 32 Credit and Residence Science 4Students with Disabilities 19 Bachelor of Music Education, 32 Required Grades 56 Master of Music and Master of Library 4 The Student’s Responsibility Instrumental Teaching 32 Research Committee Science 33 Structure of Doctoral Curricula 57 Master of Science in Music Technology 5 Undergraduate Division 19 Bachelor of Music Education, Teaching Area 33 Doctoral Minors (IUPUI) 5 Admission Requirements 20 Teaching Certification 33 Minor in Composition 58 Master of Science in Music, Music 5 University Requirements for Incoming 21 Bachelor of Science Degrees 33 Minor in Jazz Studies Theater Scenic Techniques Freshmen 21 Bachelor of Science in Music and an 33 Minor in Music Education 58 Master of Science in Music, Stage 6 University Requirements for Transfer Outside Field 34 Minor in Music History and Literature Direction for Opera 34 Minor in Music Information Students 21 Bachelor of Science and an Outside 59 Courses in the School of Music 6 School of Music Requirements for Field (Composition Emphasis) Technology Incoming Freshmen 22 Bachelor of Science in Music and an 34 Minor in Music Theory 59 Undergraduate Music Performance 6 School of Music Requirements for Outside Field (Jazz Emphasis) 34 Minor in Musicology Study Transfer Students 23 Bachelor of Arts (music major) 34 Minor in Stage Direction for Opera 59 Private Lessons 6 Returning Students 23 Audio Degrees 34 Minor in Voice 59 Graduate Music Performance Study 7 Undergraduate Visiting Students 24 Bachelor of Science in Audio Recording 34 Ph.D. Minors for Students outside the 59 Private Lessons 7 Nonmajors 24 Associate of Science, Audio Technology School of Music 60 Recitals 7 Minor for Students Whose Majors Are 25 Ballet Degrees 34 Diploma Programs in Performance 60 Undergraduate Recitals Outside the School of Music 25 Bachelor of Science in Ballet 34 Performer Diploma 60 Master’s, Diploma, and Doctoral 8 Honors Program 25 Bachelor of Science in Music and an 34 Admission Chamber Recitals 8 Orientation Outside Field (Ballet Emphasis) 35 Recital 60 Doctoral Recitals (Solo) 8 Advising 26 Opera Technical Degrees 35 Artist Diploma 60 Performance and Composition 8 General Requirements for Bachelor’s 26 Bachelor of Science in Music, Opera 35 Admission Masterclass Degrees Scenic Technique 35 Recitals 60 Class Instruction in Performance 8 Residence 26 Associate of Science, Stagecraft 35 Course of Study for Diploma Programs 61 Keyboard Proficiency 9 Time Limit Technology 35 Performance Study 61 Ensemble 9 Keyboard Proficiency 27 Associate of Science, Costume 35 Language Study 61 Major Ensembles 9Requirements for a Second Bachelor’s Construction Technology 35 Chamber Music Coaching 61 Academic Courses Degree 27 String Technical Degree 35 Music Courses 61 Recording Arts and Audio Technology 9 Graduation with Distinction 27 Associate of Science, String Instrument 35 Major Ensemble 62 Church Music 9Application for Graduation Technology 35 Performer Diploma in Professional 63 Music Education and Pedagogy 9 Curricula for Bachelor’s Degrees in Opera Studies Courses Music 28 Graduate Division 36 Certificate Programs 66 School of Education Courses 10 General Education Requirements 36 Curricula for Graduate Degrees in 67 Techniques 28 Admission Requirements Music 10 Written and Oral Expression 28 Application 68 Chamber Music, Coaching and 10 English Composition 36 Brass Accompanying 28 Transcript, GRE Examination 38 Choral Conducting 10 Other Written and Oral Expression 28 Audition 68 Conducting 10 Foreign Language 38 Composition 69 Ballet 28 Other Admission Requirements 39 Early Music 10 Humanities 29 Admission Categories 69 Composition 10 Life and Physical Sciences and 40 Guitar 70 Music History and Literature 29 Conditional Admission 41 Harp Mathematics 29 Admission on Probation 74 Honors 10 Life Sciences 41 Instrumental Conducting 75 Music Technology (courses offered at 29 Time Limit for Acceptance 42 Jazz Studies 10 Physical Sciences and Mathematics 29 Visiting Students IUPUI) 11 Social and Behavioral Sciences 42 Music Education 75 Opera 29 Proficiency Examinations 45 Music Theory 11 Bachelor of Music Degrees 29 Music History and Literature Entrance 76 Music Theory 11 Bachelor of Music, Composition 47 Musicology 78 Unclassified Courses Proficiency and Music Theory Entrance 48 Organ 12 Bachelor of Music, Early Music Proficiency 81 Nonmajor Academic Courses (Instrumental Emphasis) 30 Music Theory 1 82 Regulations and Procedures 92 Faculty of the School of Music School of Music 82 Academic Regulations 94 Indiana University General 82 Change of Degree Requirements Policies 82 Grades History of Music and the Office of Research and the 82 Addition of Courses University Graduate School, provides a home 82 Withdrawal from Courses Music instruction at Indiana University dates for such international projects as the Thesaurus 82 Incompletes and Deferred Grades from the year 1893, but it was not until 1910 Musicarum Latinarum, a five-million-word 82 Pass/Fail Option that a Department of Music offering music for online database of Latin music theory ranging 83 Change of Grade credit was officially organized, with Charles D. from the time of Augustine through the 83 Absences Campbell as head. In 1919 Barzille Winfred sixteenth century; Doctoral Dissertations in 83 Minimum and Maximum Semester Merrill was appointed head of the department Musicology and DDM-Online; saggi musicali Load and, in 1921, dean of the newly established italiani, an online database of Italian music 83 Undergraduate Students School of Music. He was succeeded in 1938 by theory; Greek and Latin Music Theory, a 83 Graduate Students Dean Robert L. Sanders. In 1947 the monograph series of critical texts and 83 Correspondence Study appointment of Wilfred C. Bain as dean translations; and other projects. Information on 83 Audit Policy marked the beginning of a period of rapid current CHMTL activities is available at 84 Change of Curriculum growth and expansion. For 24 years, under the http://www.music.indiana.edu/chmtl. 84 Academic Standing—Undergraduate leadership of Dean Charles H. Webb, the The Early Music Institute was established as a 84 Definition of Good Standing for School of Music continued its development center for research and creative activity related Undergraduate Students and commitment to excellence. Today the to the performance of Medieval, Renaissance, 84 Academic Probation School of Music is recognized as one of the and Baroque music, as well as a teaching 84 Dismissal leading institutions of its kind. David G. department of the School of Music. Beyond the 84 Readmission Woods was appointed to the deanship in 1997. curricular offerings described in this bulletin, 84 Class Standing the institute provides outreach through the 85 Academic Standing—Graduate precollege recorder program, publication of 85 Probation and Dismissal Purpose Focus Recordings (a series of recordings of 85 Application for Graduate Degrees or The mission of the Indiana University School music from the thirteenth through the Diplomas of Music is to provide distinguished eighteenth centuries) and two series of 85 Special Procedures for Doctoral instruction and outstanding opportunities for scholarly writings, and maintenance of the Students performance, composition, research, and Archive of Early Music Sound Recordings as 85 Language Proficiencies or Tool Subjects teacher training for music majors and well as extensive holdings of period 85 Recital Requirements non–music majors. These opportunities are instruments and sets of parts for performance. 86 Public Performances designed to meet the following purposes 86 Qualifying Examinations The Latin American Music Center fosters the within the framework of Indiana University: research and performance of Latin American 86 Preliminary Requirements 1. To prepare students for careers as 86 Musical Styles art music and promotes professional and performers, composers, scholars, teachers, academic exchange between musicians and 86 Written Examinations church musicians, and music 86 Oral Examination scholars from the United States and Latin administrators in higher education, America. The center’s activities include 86 Registration after Admission to precollege educational settings, the Candidacy concerts, commissions, premiere performances professional music world, the private and recordings, courses in Latin American 87 Dissertation and Document sector, and supporting fields. 87 Time Limits music history, visits by distinguished 2. To provide music majors and non–music performing artists and lecturers, festivals, and 87 Before Qualifying Examinations majors the opportunity to develop their 87 After Qualifying Examinations seminars. The Latin American Music Center knowledge, understanding, and ability in makes available to scholars, performers, and 87 Interruption of Study all aspects of music at a level appropriate to 87 Ph.D. and D.M.E. Time Limits institutions the most complete library of Latin their needs and interests. American art music in the world. 87 Ph.D. Time Limits 3. To broaden and deepen the knowledge and 87 Performance Study and Performance understanding of all aspects of music The Musical Attractions Office acts as the Related Policies through research and publication. booking agent for group and solo performers 87 Assignments for Music Performance 4. To enrich the lives of students, faculty, from the School of Music. Each year it arranges Study and Lessons community, the state, the nation, and the dozens of student performances throughout 88 Examinations and Goals in Performance world with performances of a wide variety the state and region. 88 Level of Achievement of music. The excellence, authenticity, and 88 Upper Division Examination The Office of Special Programs administers originality of these performances also serve all aspects of workshops, masterclasses, 88 Other Examinations in Music as models for future performances by Performance Courses conferences, and foreign programs for the students and as criteria for future listening School of Music. In addition, the office runs 89 Hearings and Recitals experiences. 90 Length of Recitals the ongoing precollege program and the 90 Performer's Certificate Outreach and Research Units within summer residential precollege academies. 91 Outside Instruction and Performance the School of Music 91 Official Dress 91 Use of School of Music Instruments The Center for the History of Music Theory 91 Check List and Literature, sponsored jointly by the School 2 School of Music School of Music 3

Organizations and Vivian N. Humphreys Bundy Scholarship Jay Lovins Memorial Scholarship Fund Marjorie Schlamp Winters Harp Scholarship Fund Ethel Louise Lyman Memorial Fund Fund Services Emma E. Claus Scholarship Fund Arthur W. Mason Music Scholarship Fund Janet Corday Won Memorial Scholarship Fund The Society of the Friends of Music of Cristini Friends of Music Scholarship Fund Susann McDonald Harp Study Fund The Woodwind and the Brasswind Scholarship Fund Indiana University is an organization of Mavis McRae Crow Music Scholarship Fund Katherine V. McFall Scholarship Fund people of wide-ranging occupations who T. F. and Emma A. Culver Scholarship Fund B. Winfred Merrill Scholarship Fund Annual Scholarships/Fellowships support the excellence of the School of Music Jeannette Davis Scholarship Fund through scholarships and other activities. Arthur R. Metz Carillonneur Fund The Aronoff Percussion Scholarship Pete DeLone Memorial Prize Otto Miessner Memorial Music Scholarship The Dean Wilfred Bain Opera Fellowship The Music Alumni Association, an affiliate of Frederick Ebbs Memorial Scholarship Fund Fund the Indiana University Alumni Association, The Camerata Scholarship David Eisler Memorial Scholarship Fund Nathan A. and Margaret Culver Miller supports the activities of the School of Music The Janie Fricke Scholarship Scholarship Fund and its graduates through publication of Music Ruth L. Elias Scholarship Fund The Friday Musicale Scholarship David B. Mills Friends of Music Scholarship Alumni Notes. Eleanor Fell Scholarship Fund The Richard F. Gold Career Grant William and Marcia Fox Scholarship Fund Fund The Student Representative Committee Marcel Mule Scholarship Fund The Ildebrando Pizzetti Memorial Fellowship serves to enhance communication among the Joseph Nathan Garton Memorial Scholarship Department of Musicology Fund The Cole and Kate Porter Memorial students, faculty, staff, and administration of Fund Fellowship Nina Neal Scholarship Fund the School of Music. The representatives are Bill and Mary Gasser Scholarship/Fellowship The Presser Scholar and the Presser Music chosen each spring and meet on a regular Endowment Fund Otto Nothhacksberger Memorial Fund Award basis. Cary M. Gerber Scholarship Fund Bernard Opperman Memorial Scholarship The Sally W. Rhodes Scholarship Fund A number of honorary and professional music Richard C. Gigax Memorial Scholarship Fund The Star of Indiana Scholarship organizations maintain chapters at Indiana Juan Orrego-Salas Scholarship Fund Gignilliat Music Scholarship Fund The Dorothy Richard Starling Foundation University. These include Phi Mu Alpha, Linda Challis Gill and Jack M. Gill Music Namita Pal Commemorative Award Fund Scholarship Sigma Alpha Iota, Mu Phi Epsilon, Music Scholarship Fund Jason Paras Memorial Fund Educators National Conference, Pi Kappa The String Academy of Wisconsin Scholarship Lambda, Kappa Kappa Psi, Tau Beta Sigma, Gladys Gingold Memorial Scholarship Fund Marie Alice and Gilbert Peart Music Education The Thomson Consumer Electronics and the American Guild of Organists. Josef Gingold Violin Scholarship Fund Scholarship Fund Scholarship Montana L. Grinstead Scholarship Fund Jackie Pemberton Memorial Scholarship Fund The Music Placement Office serves as a job This list is current as of 1/1/97. For more Mary Wennerstrom Phillips and Leonard M. information service for performing and Arthur and Ena Grist Scholarship Fund information, please contact Barbara Monahan, Phillips Endowment Fund teaching positions in the area of music. Wayne Hackett Memorial Harp Scholarship Director of Development, Indiana University Fund George E. Powell III Scholarship Fund School of Music, Bloomington, Indiana 47405, (812) 855-4737, e-mail: Russell A. Havens Music Scholarship Fund Agnes Davis Richardson Memorial Endowed Funds and [email protected]. Bernhard Heiden Scholarship Fund Scholarship Fund Annual Scholarships Jascha Heifetz Scholarship Fund Dagmar K. Riley Friends of Music Scholarship Fund Eva Heinitz Scholarship Fund Procedural Information Indiana University School of Music gratefully Walter and Dorothy Robert Scholarship Fund acknowledges all persons and institutions who Dorothy L. Herriman Scholarship Fund Specific and up-to-date information on School generously support our students and faculty Louise Margaret Roth Memorial Scholarship Mark H. Hindsley Endowed Fund for Fund of Music procedures is available from the through the following endowed funds and Symphonic Band music undergraduate and graduate offices annual scholarships. We are deeply thankful Ruth Parr Septer Scholarship Fund Ernest Hoffzimmer Scholarship Fund or other appropriate offices of the school. for those who show their faith in the future of Terry C. Shirk Memorial Scholarship Fund Current regulations and procedures appear William and Emma Horn Scholarship Fund the IU School of Music by endowing faculty Shulz Memorial Fund in the ‘‘Regulations and Procedures’’ chairs and professorships and giving student Bruce Hubbard Memorial Scholarship Fund The Society of the Friends of Music section of this bulletin. Also see fellowships, scholarships, awards, and prizes. Eva Janzer Memorial Fund Scholarship Fund http://www.music.indiana.edu. Endowed Funds Alice V. Jewell Friends of Music Scholarship Dorothy Richard Starling Chair in Violin Fund Tuition and Fees Willi Apel Early Music Endowment Fund Studies Students in the School of Music should note Freda and Walter Kaufmann Prize in Evelyn P. Stier Memorial Scholarship Fund Wilfred C. Bain Music Alumni Association Musicology that, in addition to the fees listed in the Scholarship Fund Harry Sukman Memorial Scholarship Fund schedule at the end of this bulletin, there are Mack H. Kay Scholarship for Excellence in Jazz special fees that may be applicable, including Anthony and Olimpia Barbera Music Composition Elsie Irwin Sweeney Memorial Scholarship Scholarship Fund Fund fees for music performance study, recital William Kincaid Memorial Scholarship Fund scheduling and programs, rental instruments, Joseph Battista Memorial Fund Donald Louis Tavel Memorial Fund Gregory C. Klinefelter Memorial Scholarship late enrollment, accompanists, special Achasa Beechler Music Scholarship Fund Fund Elizabeth Schaefer Tenreiro Scholarship Fund examinations, and other items. William Bell Memorial Scholarship Fund Roe Van Boskirk Memorial Scholarship Fund Eugene J. and Eleanor J. Knapik Scholarship Credit by Examination Leonard Bernstein Scholarship Fund Fund Carl G. Van Buskirk Memorial Scholarship Students who can demonstrate knowledge or John E. Best Scholarship Fund Lucie M. Kohlmeier Music Scholarship in Fund skills in the area of specific courses may Voice Anna Weber Endowment Fund Mary R. Book Music Scholarship Fund receive credit by examination. Julia B. Brabson Memorial Scholarship Fund George and Elizabeth Krueger Memorial Madge Wilson Music Scholarship Fund Kenneth V. and Audrey N. Brown Scholarship Scholarship Fund Carol A. Wingler Memorial Fellowship Fund Fund Michael Kuttner Music Education Fund 4 School of Music School of Music 5

Ensemble Policy The Student’s Responsibility All undergraduate, graduate, degree, or Students have a threefold responsibility: (1) to Undergraduate Division nondegree music students (except students know and satisfy the graduation requirements accepted for certain doctoral programs or stated in the School of Music Bulletin; (2) to music history, including Advanced Placement. B.M.E. majors in their student-teaching know their academic standing based on the Admission Requirements Students should take a balanced academic semester), must register for and achieve a academic standards stated in the School of Students seeking admission to the Indiana program of at least three to four of these passing grade in a major ensemble each fall Music Bulletin; and (3) to know and observe University School of Music must meet both subjects each year, including the senior year, to semester, spring semester, or second summer all regulations and academic calendar general university requirements and specific be reasonably prepared for Indiana session in which they are registered for any deadlines as stated in the Schedule of Classes, School of Music requirements as outlined below. University’s academic curriculum. A balanced music or nonmusic credit hours. Major the School of Music Bulletin, and the student academic program includes courses ensembles are indicated as X0— (2 cr.). handbooks. Faculty and staff advisors assist University Requirements for representative of at least three different subject Students may request placement in a students in planning a program of study to Incoming Freshmen areas listed above. particular ensemble, but final placement will meet degree requirements, but students are The standards listed below represent the Out-of-State Residents Nonresident be made by the faculty. responsible for meeting all requirements for minimum levels of preparation and students should complete a minimum of 32 their respective degrees and all announced achievement necessary to be considered for semesters of college-preparatory course work, The ensemble requirement was established by deadlines. admission. Most admitted students exceed these including the basic program described above the faculty for several reasons. It provides minimum levels. Each application is reviewed professional training in an important area of a and 12 semesters in some combination of individually. When making admission foreign language and/or additional math, student’s performance development, and it decisions, the university is primarily provides opportunities for music students to laboratory science, or social sciences; computer concerned with the depth and challenge of the literacy, music theory, or music history, hear great masterworks in live performance. It college-preparatory program, including the also provides listening experiences for other including Advanced Placement. Nonresident senior year; grade trends in the college- students should take a balanced academic members of the university community and preparatory subjects; and the student’s class helps to compensate for the fact that the program of at least three and preferably four rank. Students whose records fall slightly of these courses each year, including the senior university subsidizes the extra cost involved in below the minimum standards may receive professional music training. year, to be competitive for admission. A serious consideration if their grades have been balanced academic program includes courses The faculty of the School of Music is strongly steadily improving in a challenging college- representative of at least three different subject committed to the idea that students should be preparatory program. Conversely, declining areas listed above. given the opportunity to develop their talents grades or a program of less demanding to the highest degree possible. They are also courses are often reasons to deny admission. Class Rank Indiana residents should rank at committed to the idea that each student can least in the upper half of their school class; High School Graduation Students must and should contribute to the education of nonresidents generally rank at least in the have a high school diploma. Nongraduates others, to the advancement of the art of music, upper third. who have been out of school for several years and to the enrichment of the cultural life of the may submit the GED. Tests Indiana residents should score at or university through participation in the major above the state average on the SAT (current ensemble experience. Academic Preparation All prospective total 990) or ACT (composite of 21). students must complete the following basic Nonresident applicants should score a total of Students with Disabilities curriculum: 1100 or higher on the SAT or have an ACT Students with a learning disability, hearing 8 semesters of English Literature, grammar, composite score of at least 25. (Note: If the impairment, speech impairment, or any other and composition. (Up to two semesters from applicant submits more than one set of scores, disability that may affect their ability to fulfill journalism and/or speech count toward the the highest SAT and/or ACT scores will be a requirement of the School of Music should English requirement. While considered good recorded.) contact the Office of Disabled Student Services augmentation to classic, liberal arts English, International Students To be admitted, and Veterans Affairs at (812) 855-7578 before courses such as theatre arts, film study, international students must complete above registering. Requirements will not be waived newspaper, yearbook, and other media classes average work in their supporting programs. for students with disabilities; however, some are generally not counted toward the eight- Applicants whose native language is not modifications can be made within specific semester English requirement.) courses. English must submit the results of the Test of 6 semesters of mathematics Algebra, English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). A geometry and advanced algebra. paper-based test score of 560 or a computer- 2 semesters of laboratory science Biology, based score of 223 is necessary for regular chemistry, or physics. admission to a degree program. International 4 semesters of social science History, students are required to take the Indiana government, economics, psychology, or University English Proficiency Examination sociology. and must register for any supplemental English courses prescribed based on the results Indiana Residents Indiana residents should of this examination or, if necessary, enroll in complete Core 40, which must include a the intensive English language program. minimum of 28 semesters of college- preparatory courses, including the above Information For additional information, course work and eight semesters in some contact the Office of Admissions, Indiana combination of foreign language and/or University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; additional math, laboratory science, or social (812) 855-0661; [email protected]; sciences; computer literacy, music theory, or www.indiana.edu/~iuadmit/. 6 School of Music School of Music 7

University Requirements for 2. Each incoming freshman must take a Undergraduate Visiting Students Option 1: At least 20 credit hours, of which Transfer Students musicianship evaluation. Students who A limited number of undergraduate-level at least 12 must be taken on the student’s home score above 70 percent on the musicianship students with interest in the study of music campus, Bloomington or Indianapolis. Indiana University welcomes students who test are exempted from T109 Rudiments of wish to transfer from other colleges or may be admitted as visiting students, subject Core (6 credit hours) Music I. Students who score from 50 to the following: universities. percent to 70 percent may take T109 and Z111 Introduction to Music Theory (3 cr.) and Z101 Music for the Listener (3 cr.) [T109 University requirements for transfer admission T151 Music Theory and Literature I 1. Visiting students at the undergraduate level must audition for a faculty committee, be Rudiments of Music (3 cr.), and/or T151 Music include: concurrently. Students who score below 50 Theory and Literature (3 cr.) may be percent may not take T151 until they pass accepted by a particular faculty member for 1. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0 substituted for students who qualify]. T109. For more detailed information, write instruction, and be approved by the scale (2.5 required for nonresidents of Admissions Committee of the School of to the Office of Music Admissions, School Ensemble/Live Performance (2 credit hours) Indiana); Music. Visiting students may be admitted for of Music, Indiana University, Bloomington, Ensemble [1-2 cr.; X001 Ensemble for Non- 2. A high school record showing satisfactory the summer session only if they have been Indiana 47405, and request specific Music Majors (1 cr.), or by audition, X040 entrance units; accepted by an individual faculty member. information on the Basic Musicianship test University Instrumental Ensembles (2 cr.), 3. Evidence of good standing in the Undergraduate visiting students accepted and on theory texts. X070 University Choral Ensembles (2 cr.), or institution last attended; during the summer session who wish to X030 Ballet Ensemble (2 cr.)] or Z102 4. Transcripts of credits and grades earned in Incoming freshmen who meet general continue study during the regular academic Experiencing the Art of Performance (2 cr.). all subjects. university requirements and specific music year must audition for a faculty committee. Applications for admission must be received requirements, and who intend to pursue a 2. Undergraduate visiting students must Music Electives (12 credit hours) in the Office of Admissions by February 1 for music degree, are certified directly to the register for a minimum of 12 credit hours Electives in music are chosen based on the the fall semester, November 1 for the spring School of Music after their initial orientation (4 credit hours in the summer) including student’s background and interest, and with semester, or April 1 for the summer session. and advising. major ensemble courses. All courses other the approval of the director of undergraduate than performance study, ensembles, and studies. Courses may include those with a Acceptance of credit from other institutions is School of Music Requirements for chamber music require approval of the Z prefix and/or elective performance study, determined by the Office of Admissions, and Transfer Students director of undergraduate studies. as well as courses designed for music majors. the applicability of credit toward degree Transfer students must audition in their major 3. Undergraduate visiting students may attend Ensemble credits will not count toward the requirements in the School of Music is performing area for admission to a particular a maximum of two semesters during the 12 credit hours of music electives. determined by the director of undergraduate curriculum in the School of Music. (See 1 academic year and four summer sessions. Two “emphases,” or special areas of study, are studies in consultation with the faculty. Only under “School of Music Requirements for 4. Undergraduate visiting students are not available for students wishing to use all 12 credits earned at Indiana University will count Incoming Freshmen.’’) eligible for financial aid from the School of toward a student’s grade point average. Music during the fall and spring semesters. elective credits toward such a specialization: Courses from other colleges and universities All credits in music from an institution other 5. Credits earned as an undergraduate Popular Music and Jazz Studies may transfer as credit only. than Indiana University are subject to visiting student may be applied toward a Z201 History of Rock and Roll Music (3 cr.); School of Music Requirements for placement and evaluation in the School of degree or diploma only with the Z202 History of Rock Music II (3 cr); Z301 Music and must be validated upon entrance by permission of the director of History of Rock Music in the 70s and 80s (3 cr.); Incoming Freshmen examination or audition. Examinations in undergraduate studies. Undergraduate Z401 Music of the Beatles (3 cr.); Z402 Music of In addition to the general requirements for music theory are given only before classes visiting students wishing to change to Frank Zappa (3 cr.); and Z320 Popular Music in admission to the university, students must begin. Other examinations must be scheduled degree or diploma status must complete America (3 cr.); Z393 History of Jazz (3 cr.); meet the following requirements of the School individually and may be subject to special fees. the application process of the School of Z395 Contemporary Jazz and Soul Music (3 cr.); of Music: Music and Indiana University. Transfer students, especially those transferring Z394 Black Music in America (3 cr.); Z105 1. Students must successfully complete an for their junior and senior years, must be Nonmajors Traditions in World Music (3 cr.); Z413 Latin audition in their major medium. Auditions aware of the possibility that not all music American Popular Music (3 cr.); M413 Latin The School of Music offers a number of music are scheduled during designated weekends credits will be accepted or counted toward American Popular Music (3 cr.). courses, performance study options, and throughout the academic year and are degree requirements in the School of Music, ensembles especially designed for students Music Technology/Business of Music heard by a committee of department and that they may have to spend longer than majoring in fields other than music. In (*courses are only offered at IUPUI) faculty members appointed by the the normally allotted time to complete their addition, qualified nonmajors are welcome to U396 Introduction to MIDI (3 cr.); M110 chairperson of the department. This bachelor’s degrees at Indiana University. committee evaluates the student’s participate in any music major academic Computer Music Technology (3 cr.)*; N512 performance level and makes a All courses taken at another institution with course, performance course, or ensemble on a Foundations of Music Production (3 cr.)*; N513 recommendation to the School of Music the grade of Pass (P) or Fail (F) are subject to space-available basis. Under certain Principles of Multimedia Technology (3 cr.)*; admissions committee. The admissions Indiana University regulations concerning the conditions, credit for these courses is accepted N514 Music Technology Methods (3 cr.)*; A101 committee determines whether the student Pass/Fail option. Students who wish to use toward degree requirements in other schools Introduction to Audio Techniques (2 cr.); Z320 can be admitted to a specific course of such courses to meet degree requirements in and departments. At the time of registration, Business of Music (3 cr.); Z315 Music for Film study by considering the student’s past the School of Music must obtain verification of proper approval must be secured from the (3 cr.). a letter grade or the equivalent from the other chairperson of the student’s major department record, interviews (if applicable), and the Option 2: 15-16 credits. This minor is offered institution. or the dean of the school, as well as from the audition committee’s recommendation. through the College of Arts and Sciences on dean of the School of Music. Students who do not matriculate within the Bloomington campus. one year of the date of the letter of Returning Students acceptance must repeat the entrance Undergraduate students who, after Minor for Students Whose Majors T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.); audition. Audition appointments may be matriculation, do not register for classes for Are Outside the School of Music T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.); secured by writing to the Office of Music more than one calendar year must audition for Application for minors may be done at the T251 Music Theory and Literature III (3 cr.); Admissions, School of Music, Indiana readmission to the School of Music. Music Undergraduate Office, Merrill Hall 011, T252 Music Theory and Literature IV (3 cr.), University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405. Bloomington campus, or at the School of plus one course from the following: T351, Music, SI 120, IUPUI (phone 317-274-4000). M401, M402, M410, T410, T416, or another M or T course at the 400 level as approved by the director of undergraduate studies in music. 8 School of Music School of Music 9

Honors Program Advising Time Limit to a graduate degree program. In certain cases, The School of Music makes a special effort to The School of Music provides a staff of Work for a bachelor’s degree must be however, the dean may admit a bachelor’s offer outstanding students opportunities advisors for freshmen and a general academic completed within seven years from the time degree holder to candidacy for a second appropriate to their abilities and interests. In advisor for all undergraduate students. the student first registers in the School of bachelor’s degree. When such admission is addition to special courses, seminars, Preregistration conferences are held in the Music. A student who fails to comply with this granted, the candidate must earn at least 26 ensembles, and honors discussion sections, the middle of each semester for the following requirement must pass comprehensive additional credits in residence and meet all School of Music offers a formal program semester. Students currently enrolled should examinations in all music subjects and meet requirements for the second degree. leading to the B.M., B.M.E., or B.S. degree with have programs planned at that time to speed current requirements for the degree. Should honors. College of Arts and Sciences students the registration process. Students should also degree work be interrupted because of military Graduation with Distinction may earn the B.A. in music with honors. consult the freshman advisor or the service, the time thus spent is not counted as The School of Music recognizes outstanding Students who have completed 86 credit hours, undergraduate advisor at other times of the part of the time limitation. academic achievement by awarding bachelor’s degrees with three levels of distinction: including at least 30 from Indiana University, year for answers to specific questions or help Work for the Bachelor of Music degree and the distinction, high distinction, and highest with a grade point average of 3.5; who have with individual problems. Indiana University Bachelor of Science in Music and an Outside distinction. At each graduation ceremony completed or are currently enrolled in T232 provides a computer-based degree audit Field degree can be completed in eight (May, June, August, and December), Musical Skills III, T252 Music Theory and system (IUCARE) that outlines degree semesters if the student takes an average of 16 graduating seniors in each of the three Literature IV, and M401 History and Literature requirements and indicates those courses to 18 credits per semester. Work for the bachelor’s degrees (Bachelor of Music, of Music I or M402 History and Literature of taken by the student that meet those Bachelor of Music Education degree can be Bachelor of Music Education, and Bachelor of Music II; and who have successfully requirements. IUCARE is available online at completed in eight semesters if the student Science) will be selected for distinction, subject completed their upper-division examination, all times to students through the university takes at least 18-20 credit hours per semester. to the following conditions: In each of the three should apply by February 1 for admission to computing system, and paper copies of each Students entering with deficiencies in music separate degree categories, those students the program the following year. To graduate student’s IUCARE report are provided to theory or performance or on academic whose grade point averages are 4.00 will with honors, students must (1) complete all students each semester as they prepare for probation should not expect to complete their receive highest distinction. In the Bachelor of degree requirements with a minimum grade advisement and registration. degrees in eight semesters. point average of 3.5 and (2) complete N399 Music degree, those students whose grade Honors Seminar in Music and N499 Honors Although the School of Music provides Keyboard Proficiency point averages are between 3.95 and 3.99 will advising services, it is the student’s receive high distinction and those students Project in Music with a grade of B or better. All music bachelor’s students (except ballet, responsibility to be acquainted with school whose grade point averages are between 3.90 audio, and opera scenic technique) must pass a rules and regulations and to meet the and 3.94 will receive distinction. In the Orientation keyboard proficiency examination or its requirements for the degree as outlined in this Bachelor of Music Education degree, those Upon admission to Indiana University equivalent. The proficiency examination tests bulletin. Any exceptions to the requirements students whose grade point averages are Bloomington, students begin their orientation ability to use the keyboard or equivalent stated in this bulletin must be approved in between 3.85 and 3.99 will receive high to this campus. After receiving a letter instrument as a tool within the framework of writing by the dean of the School of Music or distinction and those students whose grade acknowledging their admission from the individual professional activities; thus, the the director of undergraduate studies, with point averages are between 3.75 and 3.84 will director of admissions, students receive a requirements vary in emphasis according to one copy for the student and one copy for the receive distinction. In the Bachelor of Science series of orientation brochures. Prior to the area of major study. The test is given student’s file. degree, those students whose grade point registering for classes, students have a during the latter half of each semester; specific averages are between 3.90 and 3.99 will receive conference with an academic advisor. dates are available in the music undergraduate high distinction and those students whose office. Entering students who are prepared to General Requirements grade point averages are between 3.85 and 3.89 Students who plan to enter Indiana University take the examination may do so during the will receive distinction. in the fall semester may attend the summer for Bachelor’s Degrees orientation period. Bachelor of Music organ orientation and registration program in June or students must study piano or harpsichord for may participate in orientation and registration 1. The candidate must complete all courses Application for Graduation and all proficiency examinations specified four semesters and fulfill the keyboard in August before the beginning of classes. At The candidate must file an Application for in the candidate’s curriculum. proficiency requirement by satisfactory these times, special attention is given to Graduation in the music undergraduate office 2. The candidate must earn at least 120 credit completion of C404 Church Music IV. Piano students’ preparation for academic adjustment at least one semester before the expected hours, not including major ensemble degree students fulfill the keyboard and achievement. The freshman orientation in graduation date. A student who does not (X0—). proficiency requirement by satisfactory August includes the Freshman Family Picnic, complete degree requirements for the 3. The candidate (except B.M.E. candidates) completion of E493 Piano Pedagogy. Guitar, Freshman Induction Ceremony, the president’s graduation date for which application was must achieve a minimum cumulative grade harp, and harpsichord students must and vice president’s receptions, and numerous made must file another Application for point average of 2.0 in all courses, music demonstrate the equivalent of the keyboard academic activities, including advanced Graduation for a later date. and non–music. B.M.E. candidates must proficiency skills on their instrument. All other placement testing and sessions on learning in a students must register for secondary piano large lecture, studying a foreign language, and achieve a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all courses. until the keyboard proficiency requirement is learning study techniques. Opportunities to met. The keyboard proficiency test is taken Curricula for Bachelor’s learn about getting involved in activities on Residence with the consent of the student’s secondary or Degrees in Music campus, taking advantage of cultural events, No candidate will be recommended for the class piano instructor. Information regarding and finding the locations of offices and bachelor’s degree who has been in residence specific keyboard proficiency requirements for The School of Music offers three classrooms also are a part of orientation. less than 36 weeks and who has earned fewer each major is available in the music undergraduate bachelor’s degree programs: Additional opportunities to interact with than 30 hours of credit in residence. Students undergraduate office. the Bachelor of Music degrees in performance, faculty and to participate in special workshops carrying less than a normal load receive composition, early music, and jazz studies; the and skill-building sessions are scheduled residence in proportion to the number of credit Requirements for a Second Bachelor of Science degrees in music and an throughout the year. Students living in hours carried, at the rate of six weeks of Bachelor’s Degree outside field, audio recording, ballet, and residence centers may participate in a variety opera scenic technique; and the Bachelor of residence for each 5 credit hours completed. At The holder of a bachelor’s degree who wishes of activities planned especially for the centers. senior Music Education degrees in choral-general least 26 credit hours of the work of the to pursue a further educational goal is usually year teaching, instrumental teaching, and teaching must be completed in residence on the encouraged to become qualified for admission Bloomington campus of Indiana University. 10 School of Music School of Music 11 area, a combination track. Detailed definitions Chinese Hebrew Rumanian Mathematics (excluding MATH M014) Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency for these music education tracks appear under Czech Hungarian Russian Physics All students must pass the P105 Keyboard Danish Italian Serbo-Croatian Proficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105 listings for the individual curricula. Psychology (B.M. and B.S. only) (PSY P101 Dutch Japanese Spanish Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.). Introductory Psychology I, PSY P102 A minimum of 120 credit hours is required for Estonian Korean Swahili Students who are not guitar, piano, organ, or Introductory Psychology II, PSY P106 General all music undergraduate degrees. Total credit Finnish Latin Tibetan harpsichord majors must take an examination Psychology, Honors) hours for some degrees may be higher because French Mongolian Turkish for placement in P111 Piano Class 1, Music of specific requirements. No course may be German Norwegian Social and Behavioral Sciences Any course in Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class 2, Music used to fulfill two requirements except where Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3, Music noted. the following departments meets the social Other foreign languages may be used with and behavioral sciences distribution Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, Music General Education Requirements permission of the music undergraduate office. requirements for the School of Music. Majors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study Some degree programs specify languages. Anthropology (except bioanthropology) Required credit hours range from 24 to 40 each semester until P105 Keyboard Proficiency depending on the degree; see specific degrees Humanities Any course in the following Economics Examination is passed. for totals and distribution. The following departments meets the humanities distribution Geography (except physical geography) Other Secondary Performance (2-2-2-2 cr.) section lists departments and courses that meet requirements for the School of Music. distribution requirements for the School of History Keyboard students must elect one secondary Music. Afro-American Studies (except A393, A394, Political Science instrument or voice. (Electronic music may A395, A396, A397, and A496) Psychology (except for courses counted as substitute in this area.) Written and Oral Expression Central Eurasian Studies Physical Sciences for B.M. and B.S. students) Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. English Composition English courses with Classical Studies (B.M. and B.S. only) Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of ‘‘W’’ prefix. Comparative Literature Sociology Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), ENG L141 Introduction to Writing and the East Asian Languages and Culture Study of Literature I (4 cr.) and ENG L142 T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), English Introduction to Writing and the Study of Bachelor of Music T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical Literature II (4 cr.): one credit hour of each Fine Arts (courses with ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘H’’ prefix) Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and counted as English composition; three credit Folklore Degrees Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and hours of each counted as humanities. Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV French and Italian Bachelor of Music in Composition (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V Competency in English composition may be Germanic Studies Entrance to the curriculum only by permission (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I demonstrated by an SAT verbal score above Journalism of department chairperson. Prerequisites are (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II 670, an ACT score above 32, or an AP English Linguistics (1) proficiency in at least one area of (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in score of 4 to 5. performance and (2) knowledge of music T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical Near Eastern Languages and Cultures Other Written and Oral Expression English theory equivalent to T109 Rudiments of Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical ENG W103 Introductory Creative Writing Philosophy Music I. Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. (3 cr.), ENG W131 Elementary Composition Religious Studies Composition Courses 37 credit hours. Advanced Music Literature and Music (3 cr.), ENG W170 Projects in Reading and Slavic Languages and Literatures K133 Notation and Calligraphy (1 cr.), K214 Theory 3 credit hours selected from M410 Writing (3 cr.), ENG W203 Creative Writing Spanish and Portuguese Instrumentation I (2 cr.), K215 Instrumentation Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics in (3 cr.), ENG W231 Professional Writing Skills II (2 cr.), K231 Free Counterpoint I (2 cr.), Speech Communication Music Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Aural (3 cr.), ENG W270 Argumentative Writing K232 Free Counterpoint II (2 cr.), K400 and Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416 (3 cr.), ENG W301 Writing Fiction (3 cr.), ENG Telecommunications Composition Major (3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3 cr.), Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417 W350 Advanced Expository Writing (3 cr.), Theatre and Drama upper-divisional examination, K402 Senior Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Music ENG W303 Writing Poetry (3 cr.), ENG W401 Recital in Composition (0 cr.), K451 Advanced Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics and Ideas (3 cr.). T412 Advanced Aural and Advanced Fiction Writing (3 cr.), ENG G405 Orchestration I (2 cr.), K452 Advanced Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.) is recommended. Studies in English Language (3 cr.), ENG W410 Life Sciences Any course in the following Orchestration II (2 cr.), I500 Performance and Indiana Writing Workshop (3 cr.). departments meets the life sciences Other Music Courses 7 credit hours in Composition Masterclass (to be taken electives selected from music major Journalism JOUR J200 Writing for Mass Media distribution requirements for the School of concurrently with each semester of K400) Music. undergraduate courses in the following areas: (3 cr.), JOUR C327 Writing for Publication (0 cr.). church music, music education, techniques, (3 cr.). Anatomy Major Ensemble X0— (2 cr.) required every conducting, composition, music history, music For Bachelor of Music Education degrees only Anthropology (bioanthropology only) (B.M. fall semester, spring semester, and second theory, opera, unclassified courses. A Speech CMCL S121 Public Speaking (3 cr.), and B.S. only) summer session in which a student is maximum of 4 credit hours in early CMCL S122 Interpersonal Communication Biology registered for any course, music or non–music. instruments or ballet may be counted in this (3 cr.), CMCL S324 Persuasive Speaking (3 cr.). Physiology Instrumental students, X040 University area. Instrumental Ensembles; vocal students, X070 General Education 24 credit hours. Foreign Language For those degree programs Physical Sciences and Mathematics Any University Choral Ensembles; keyboard in which foreign language study is required, course in the following departments meets the students, X070 University Choral Ensembles Written and Oral Expression English the requirement may be met by two semesters physical sciences and mathematics distribution or, with permission of the choral department, composition, 2 credit hours or competency. of introductory foreign language (4-4 cr.) or by requirements for the School of Music. X002 Piano Accompanying. Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Two one semester of accelerated study (4 or 5 cr.) if Astronomy Performance Study Instrument or Voice: semesters (4-4 cr.) or equivalent. the student has sufficient background. Chemistry minimum of 2 credit hours each semester until Humanities 3 credit hours. Courses are offered in the following Computer Science the eighth-semester B.S. or B.M.E. level is Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics languages: certified by hearing; entrance audition, 3 credit hours. Geography (physical geography only) Arabic Greek Polish freshman jury, upper-division examination. Azeri Hausa Portuguese Geological Sciences 12 School of Music School of Music 13

Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency French: FRIT F100 Elementary French I (4 cr.) hours. Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical All students must pass the P105 Keyboard and F150 Elementary French II (4 cr.); or F115 Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. Proficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105 Accelerated Elementary French (4 cr.). ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ Advanced Music Literature and Music Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.). German: GER G100 Beginning German I (4 cr.) To Complete Degree See music or Theory 3 credit hours selected from M410 Students must take Y110 Harpsichord (2 cr.) and G150 Beginning German II: Language and non–music electives as needed to bring the Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics in each semester until P105 Keyboard Proficiency Culture (4 cr.); or G105 Accelerated Examination is passed. total credit hours to 120, excluding major Music Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Aural Elementary German I (5 cr.). ensemble. and Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416 Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. Latin: CLAS L100 Elementary Latin I (4 cr.) Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417 Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of and L150 Elementary Latin II (4 cr.). Bachelor of Music in Early Music Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Music Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), Humanities 3 credit hours. (Instrumental Emphasis) and Ideas (3 cr.). T412 Advanced Aural and T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.) is recommended. T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics This degree is offered according to the T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical 3 credit hours. available faculty for the following instruments: Other Music Courses 6 credit hours. Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit early violin/viola, early cello, early oboe, early Required: M435 Performance Practices Before Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and hours. flute, viola da gamba, lute, recorder, 1750 (3 cr.); elective: 3 credit hours including a Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV harpsichord, sackbut. minimum of 2 credit hours in pedagogy Electives 0-3 credit hours selected from courses such as E130 Introduction to Music (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ Major Ensemble X060 Early Music Learning (2 cr.), E303 Violin Pedagogy (2 cr.), (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I Ensembles (2 cr.) required every fall semester, To Complete Degree Free music or E306 Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.), or E493 Piano (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II spring semester, and second summer session non–music electives as needed to bring the Pedagogy (2 cr.). Electives may also include (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in in which student is registered for any course, total credit hours to 120, excluding major courses for music majors in church music, T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical music or non–music. ensemble. music education, techniques, conducting, Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical Chamber Music Ensemble F450 Chamber composition, music history, music theory, Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies Music Coaching (1-1-1-1 cr.). opera, and unclassified courses. Advanced Music Literature and Music Entrance to the curriculum only by permission Performance Major, Early Instrument General Education 24 credit hours. Theory 3 credit hours selected from M410 of department chairperson. Minimum of 6 credit hours each semester until Written and Oral Expression English Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics in Major Ensemble X040 University senior recital is passed (students who have composition, 2 credit hours or competency. Music Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Aural Instrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) required every completed a total of 48 credit hours and the and Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416 fall semester, spring semester, and second senior recital may reduce credit hours to 3). Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours (German Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417 summer session in which student is registered Entrance audition, freshman jury, upper- or French only). Two semesters (4-4 cr.) or Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Music for any course, music or non–music. division examination, junior recital, senior equivalent. and Ideas (3 cr.). T412 Advanced Aural and Chamber Music Ensemble recital. In early instrument areas that have Humanities 3 credit hours. Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.) is recommended. F450 Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.). modern counterparts (violin, viola, cello): Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics Other Music Courses 10 credit hours. Performance Study (1) admission to the program must be at the 3 credit hours. Required: M435 Performance Practices Before Minimum of 3 credit hours each semester until senior recital is major level on either the modern instrument or Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit 1750 (3 cr.); elective: 7 credit hours including a passed (students who have completed 24 early version of the instrument; (2) both hours. minimum of 2 credit hours in pedagogy instruments must be studied on a 4 cr./2 cr. courses such as E130 Introduction to Music credit hours and the senior recital may reduce arrangement for the first four semesters; (3) the Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from credit to 2 credit hours). Entrance audition, ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ Learning (2 cr.), E494 Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.), upper division must be on an early instrument or E131 Introduction to Music Education freshman jury, upper-division examination, To Complete Degree Free music or at the major level; (4) an early instrument must (2 cr.). Electives may also include courses for senior recital. non–music electives as needed to bring the be studied at the major level after upper- music majors in church music, music Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency total credit hours to 120, excluding major division acceptance; and (5) recitals must be on education, techniques, conducting, All students must pass the P105 Keyboard ensemble. the early instrument. composition, music history, music theory, Proficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105 Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency Bachelor of Music in Early Music opera, and unclassified courses. A maximum Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.). All students must pass the P105 Keyboard of 4 credit hours in ballet may be counted in Students whose primary instrument is not Proficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105 (Vocal Emphasis) this area. T412 Advanced Aural and Keyboard guitar, piano, organ, or harpsichord must take Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.). Major Ensemble X060 Early Music Techniques (3 cr.), U233 Applied French an examination for placement in P111 Piano Students must take Y110 Harpsichord (2 cr.) Ensembles (2 cr.) required every fall semester, Diction for Singers (1 cr.), U243 Applied Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class each semester until P105 Keyboard Proficiency spring semester, and second summer session German Diction for Singers (1 cr.), U253 2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3, Examination is passed. in which student is registered for any course, Applied Italian Diction for Singers (1 cr.), and Music Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, Music Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. music or non–music. U361 English Diction for Singers (1 cr.) are Majors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/ Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of Chamber Music Ensemble F450 Chamber recommended. Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study each Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), Music Coaching (1-1-1-1 cr.) General Education 24-35 credit hours. semester until the P105 Keyboard Proficiency Examination is passed. T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), Performance Study Y410 Early Music Written and Oral Expression English Core Music Courses T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), Performance: Undergraduate Majors. composition, 2 credit hours or competency. 27 credit hours. T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of Minimum of 3 credit hours each semester until Foreign Language 12-24 credit hours. Three Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), senior recital is passed (students who have of the following language sequences are Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), completed a total of 24 credit hours and the required: Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV senior recital may reduce credit hours to 2). T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V Entrance audition, freshman jury, upper- Italian: FRIT M100 Elementary Italian I (4 cr.) T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I division examination, junior recital, senior and M150 Elementary Italian II (4 cr.); or M115 Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II recital. Accelerated Elementary Italian (4 cr.). Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV 14 School of Music School of Music 15

(1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V fall semester, spring semester, and second Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Music Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I summer session in which student is registered and Ideas (3 cr.). T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II for any course, music or non–music. X070 Other Music Courses 6 elective credit hours T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in University Choral Ensembles or X060 Early including a minimum of 2 credit hours in T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical Music Ensembles may be used only by special pedagogy courses such as E130 Introduction to Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical permission. Music Learning, E303 Violin Pedagogy, E306 Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. Small Ensemble (1-1-1-1 cr.) Guitar, F450 Cello Pedagogy, and E459 Instrumental Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV Advanced Music Literature and Music Chamber Music Coaching (1-1-1-1 cr.); Strings Pedagogy. Elective courses may also include (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V Theory 3 credit hours selected from M410 and woodwinds, F350-F351 Chamber Music courses for music majors in church music, (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics in Coaching I-II (1-1 cr.), (1-1 cr.), (double bass music education, techniques, conducting, (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II Music Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Aural majors will substitute F419 Orchestral composition, music history, music theory, (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in and Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416 Repertoire); brass, F350 Chamber Music opera, and unclassified courses. A maximum T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417 Coaching I (1 cr.), F450 Chamber Music of 4 credit hours in early instruments or ballet Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Music Coaching (1-1-1 cr.); percussion, X420 Small may be counted in this area. Percussion Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. and Ideas (3 cr.). T412 Advanced Aural and Ensembles (1 cr.); harp, F449 Harp Ensemble students must take F402 Techniques of Advanced Music Literature and Music Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.) is recommended. (1-1-1-1 cr.) and F450 Chamber Music Percussion Instrument Repair (2 cr.). Theory 3 credit hours selected from M410 Other Music Courses 27 credit hours. Coaching (1-1-1-1 cr.) for a total of 8 credits. General Education 24 credit hours. Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics in Required: 21 credit hours selected from E458 Performance Study Minimum of 6 credit Written and Oral Expression English Music Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Aural Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.), F201 Jazz Piano Class hours each semester until senior recital is composition, 2 credit hours or competency. and Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416 (1 cr.), F316 Jazz Arranging I (3 cr.), F317 Jazz passed (students who have completed a total Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417 Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Two Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Music Arranging II (3 cr.), F318 Styles and Analysis of 48 credit hours and the senior recital may semesters (4-4) or equivalent. of Jazz (2 cr.), F321 Jazz Improvisation I (2 cr.), reduce credit hours to 3). Harp students may and Ideas (3 cr.). F322 Jazz Improvisation II (2 cr.), M393 take two semesters of 4 credits rather than Humanities 3 credit hours. Other Music Courses 14 credit hours. C401 History of Jazz (3 cr.), M395 Contemporary 6 credits. Percussion students may take one Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics Church Music I (3 cr.), C402 Church Music II Jazz and Soul Music (3 cr.). Elective: 6 credit semester of 4 credits rather than 6 credits. 3 credit hours. (3 cr.), C403 Church Music III (3 cr.), C404 hours selected from music major Entrance audition, freshman jury, upper- Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit Church Music IV (3 cr.), including a minimum undergraduate courses in the following areas: division hearing, junior recital, senior recital. hours of 2 credit hours in pedagogy courses such as church music, music education, techniques, Double bass students substitute an orchestral Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from E130 Introduction to Music Learning, E303 conducting, composition, music history, music repertoire examination for one of the required ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ Violin Pedagogy, E306 Cello Pedagogy, E489 theory, opera, and unclassified courses. A recitals. Organ Pedagogy, and E459 Instrumental To Complete Degree maximum of 4 credit hours in early Free music or Pedagogy. Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency non–music electives as needed to bring the instruments or ballet may be counted in this Students except for guitar majors must take an General Education 4 credit hours. area. total credit hours to 120, excluding major examination for placement in P111 Piano Class ensemble. Written and Oral Expression English General Education 24 credit hours. 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class 2, composition, 2 credit hours or competency. Written and Oral Expression English Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3, Music Bachelor of Music in Performance, Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Two Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, Music composition, 2 credit hours or competency. Organ semesters (4-4) or equivalent. Majors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/ Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Two Major Ensemble X070 University Choral Humanities 3 credit hours. semesters (4-4 cr.) or equivalent. Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study each semester until the P105 Keyboard Proficiency Ensembles (2 cr.) or, with permission of choral Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics Humanities 3 credit hours. Examination (0 cr.) or I105 Keyboard department, X002 Piano Accompanying (2 cr.) 3 credit hours. required every fall semester, spring semester, Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.), is passed. Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit and second summer session in which student 3 credit hours. hours. Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. is registered for any course, music or Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of non–music. Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from hours. Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ Performance Study Q400 Organ. Minimum Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), of 4 credit hours the first two semesters and To Complete Degree Free music or ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), 6 credit hours for each subsequent semester non–music electives as needed to bring the To Complete Degree Free music or T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical total credit hours to 120, excluding major Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and (students who have completed 44 credit hours non–music electives as needed to bring the and the senior recital may reduce credit hours ensemble. total credit hours to 120, excluding major Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV to 3). Entrance audition, freshman jury, upper- ensemble. division examination, junior recital, senior Bachelor of Music in Performance, (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V Piano (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I recital. Bachelor of Music in Performance, Major Ensemble X070 University Choral Orchestral Instrument or Guitar (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in Required: Piano P100 Piano Elective/ Ensembles (2 cr.) or, with permission of choral This degree is available for flute (W410), oboe T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical Secondary or Y110 Harpsichord (2-2-2-2 cr.); department, X002 Piano Accompanying (2 cr.) (W420), clarinet (W430), bassoon (W440), Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical two semesters of accompanying (F300) may be required every fall semester, spring semester, saxophone (W450), horn (B410), trumpet Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. substituted for one semester of piano during and second summer session in which student (B420), trombone (B430), euphonium (B440), the sophomore year. The keyboard proficiency is registered for any course, music or tuba (B450), percussion (D400), violin (S410), Advanced Music Literature and Music non–music. Theory 3 credit hours selected from M410 requirement P105 Keyboard Proficiency viola (S420), violoncello (S430), double bass Examination (0 cr.) is met by completing C404 Performance Study P400 Piano (S440), guitar (L400), and harp (H400). Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics in Music Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Aural Church Music IV. Undergraduate Major. Minimum of 6 credit Major Ensemble X040 University and Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416 Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. hours each semester until senior recital is Instrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) required every Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417 Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of passed (students who have completed 48 16 School of Music School of Music 17 credit hours and the senior recital may reduce Bachelor of Music in Performance, Foreign Language 13-24 credit hours. Saxophone W110 Flute (2-2 cr.), W120 Oboe credit hours to 3). Entrance audition, freshman Voice Italian: FRIT M100 Elementary Italian I (4 cr.) (2-2 cr.), W130 Clarinet (2-2 cr.), jury, upper-division examination, junior and M150 Elementary Italian II (4 cr.); or M115 W140 Bassoon (2 cr.) recital, senior recital. Major Ensemble X070 University Choral Ensembles (2 cr.) required every fall semester, Accelerated Elementary Italian (4 cr.). Option B (Three Instruments) Keyboard Proficiency Completion of E493 spring semester, and second summer session French: FRIT F100 Elementary French I (4 cr.) First Secondary Piano Pedagogy replaces the keyboard in which student is registered for any course, and F150 Elementary French II: Language and Woodwind Instrument: W1-0 (2-2-2-2 cr.) proficiency requirement in the case of piano music or non–music. Culture (4 cr.); or F115 Accelerated Elementary Second Secondary majors. Woodwind Instrument: W1-0 (2-2-2 cr.) Performance Major V400 Voice. 3 credit French (4 cr.) Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. hours each semester until senior recital is German: GER G100 Beginning German I (4 cr.) Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of passed (students who have completed a total and G150 Beginning German: Language and All students must pass the P105 Keyboard Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), of 24 credit hours and the senior recital may Culture II (4 cr.); OR G105 Accelerated Proficiency Examination (0 cr.). Students who T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), reduce credit hours to 2). Entrance audition, Elementary German I (5 cr.). are woodwind majors must take an examination for placement in P111 Piano Class T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), freshman jury, upper-division examination, General Education 16 credit hours. T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical junior recital, senior recital. 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class 2, Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Written and Oral Expression English Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3, Music Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency composition, 2 credit hours or competency. Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, Music Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV All students must pass the P105 Keyboard Humanities 3 credit hours. Majors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/ Proficiency Examination (0 cr.). Voice majors (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study each must take an examination for placement in (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I 3 credit hours. semester until the P105 Keyboard Proficiency P111 Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit hours. Examination is passed. (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Electives Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical Class 3, Music Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 5-7 credit hours selected from 4, Music Majors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study To Complete Degree Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. Free music or non- T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), each semester until the P105 Keyboard music electives as needed to bring the total Advanced Music Literature and Music Proficiency Examination is passed. T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), Theory 3 credit hours selected from M410 credit hours to 120, excluding major ensemble. T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics in Bachelor of Music in Performance, Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Music Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Aural Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and and Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416 Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), Woodwind Instruments (Multiple) Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417 T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), Admission to the degree program only by (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Music T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), permission of the woodwind faculty after the (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I and Ideas (3 cr.). T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical first semester of study. (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Major Ensemble X040 University (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in Other Music Courses 12 credit hours: Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and Required: E493 Piano Pedagogy (2 cr.), F300 Instrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) required every T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV fall semester, spring semester, and second Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical Piano Accompanying (1-1-1-1 cr.) (1 or 2 credit (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V hours of F301 Accompanying Recital may be summer session in which student is registered Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I for any course, music or non–music. substituted). Elective: 6 credit hours selected (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II Advanced Music Literature and Music from courses for music majors in church (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in Chamber Music Ensemble F450 Chamber Theory 3 credit hours selected from M410 music, music education, techniques, T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical Music Coaching (1-1-1-1 cr.). Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics in conducting, composition, music history, music Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical Performance Study Six credit hours for the Music Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Aural theory, opera, and unclassified courses. A Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. first semester, minimum of 4 credit hours for and Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416 maximum of 4 credit hours in early Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417 Other Music Courses 16 credit hours. each subsequent semester until the senior instruments or ballet may be counted in this recital is passed (students who have completed Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Music area. Required: M431 Song Literature I (3 cr.), M432 and Ideas (3 cr.). Song Literature II (3 cr.), U233 Applied French 34 credit hours and the senior recital may General Education 24 credit hours. Diction for Singers (1 cr.), U243 Applied reduce credit hours to 3). Entrance audition, Other Music Courses Elective: 6 credit hours Written and Oral Expression English German Diction for Singers (1 cr.), U253 freshman jury, upper-division examination, including a minimum of 2 credit hours in composition, 2 credit hours or competency. Applied Italian Diction for Singers (1 cr.), junior recital, senior recital. pedagogy courses such as E130 Introduction to Music Learning, E303 Violin Pedagogy, E306 Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Two U361 English Diction for Singers (1 cr.). Other Secondary Performance 14 credit hours. Cello Pedagogy, and E459 Instrumental semesters (4-4) or equivalent. Electives: 6 credit hours including a minimum Option A (Five Instruments) Pedagogy. Electives may also include courses of 2 credit hours in pedagogy courses such as Major Secondary Instruments Humanities 3 credit hours. for music majors in church music, music E130 Introduction to Music Learning, E131 Flute W120 Oboe (2-2 cr.), W130 Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics education, techniques, conducting, Introduction to Music Education, or E494 Clarinet (2-2 cr.), W140 Bassoon 3 credit hours. composition, music history, music theory, Voice Pedagogy. Electives may also include (2-2 cr.), W150 Saxophone (2 cr.) opera, and unclassified courses. A maximum Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit courses for music majors in church music, Oboe W110 Flute (2-2 cr.), W130 of 4 credit hours in early instruments or ballet hours. music education, techniques, conducting, Clarinet (2-2 cr.), W140 Bassoon may be counted in this area. Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from composition, music history, music theory, (2-2 cr.), W150 Saxophone (2 cr.) ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ opera, and unclassified courses. A maximum Clarinet W110 Flute (2-2 cr.), W120 Oboe General Education 24 credit hours. To Complete Degree Free music or of 4 credit hours in early instruments or ballet (2-2 cr.), W140 Bassoon (2-2 cr.), Written and Oral Expression English non–music electives as needed to bring the may be counted in this area. W150 Saxophone (2 cr.) composition, 2 credit hours or competency. total credit hours to 120, excluding major Bassoon W110 Flute (2-2 cr.), W120 Oboe Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Two ensemble. (2-2 cr.), W130 Clarinet (2-2 cr.), semesters (4-4) or equivalent. W150 Saxophone (2 cr.) Humanities 3 credit hours. 18 School of Music School of Music 19

Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and Bachelor of Music Education, Class Techniques (2 cr.), F281 Brass Instrument 3 credit hours. Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV Instrumental Teaching Techniques (2 cr.), F337 Woodwind (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V Techniques (2 cr.), F338 Percussion Techniques Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit This B.M.E. emphasis results in State of hours. (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I (2 cr.) (percussion students substitute (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II Indiana K-12 All-Grades certification in Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from secondary instrument for F338 Percussion (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in Instrumental Music. Graduates are trained to ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ Techniques), G370 Techniques for Conducting T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical work with instrumental music classes and (2 cr.), G373 Instrumental Conducting (2 cr.). To Complete Degree Free music or ensembles in public schools. Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical School of Education Courses 29 credit non–music electives as needed to bring the Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. Major Ensemble X040 University total credit hours to 120, excluding major hours. Those courses marked with an asterisk Other Music Courses 14 credit hours. E131 Instrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) required every ensemble. have admission to the Teacher Education Introduction to Music Education (2 cr.); E231 fall semester, spring semester, and second Program of the School of Education, including General Music Methods K-12 (2 cr.); E312 summer session in which student is registered the Preprofessional Skills Test (PPST), as a Bachelor of Music Arranging for Instrumental and Vocal Groups for any course, music or non–music, except prerequisite. Education H340 Education and (2 cr.); F205 Introduction to Instrumental during the student-teaching semester. Must American Culture (3 cr.), M201 Laboratory/ Education Degrees Techniques (2 cr.); G370 Techniques for include four semesters of band with two Field Experience (1 cr.), M300 Teaching in a Conducting (2 cr.); G371 Choral Conducting I semesters in Marching Band for all except Pluralistic Society (3 cr.), M301 Laboratory/ Bachelor of Music Education, (2 cr.); Y110 Elective Recorder, L100 Elective string students. Field Experience (0 cr.), M344* Methods and Choral-General Teaching Guitar, or R241 Introduction to Musical Performance Study Minimum of 2 credit Materials for Teaching Instrumental Music This B.M.E. emphasis results in State of Theater (2 cr.). hours each semester until senior recital is (3 cr.), M401* Laboratory/ Field Experience for Indiana K-12 All-Grades certification in School of Education Courses 29 credit passed. Entrance audition, freshman jury, Seniors (0 cr.), M434* Administration of School Choral-General Music. Graduates are trained hours. Education H340 Education and upper-division examination, senior recital. Bands (2 cr.) or M436* Administration of to work with general music classes and choral American Culture (3 cr.), M201 Laboratory/ Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency School Orchestras ensembles in public schools. Field Experience (1 cr.), M300 Teaching in a All students must pass the P105 Keyboard (2 cr.), M464* Methods of Teaching Reading Major Ensemble X070 University Choral Pluralistic Society (3 cr.), M342* Methods and Proficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105 (3 cr.), M482* Student Teaching: All Grades Ensembles (2 cr.) required every fall semester, Materials for Teaching Elementary Music Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.). (10 cr.), M471* Undergraduate Seminar in spring semester, and second summer session (3 cr.), M343* Methods and Materials for Students whose primary performance area is Music Education (1 cr.), P254 Educational in which student is registered for any course, Teaching Choral Music (3 cr.), M464* Methods not guitar, piano, organ, or harpsichord must Psychology for Teachers of All Grades (3 cr.). music or non–music, except during the of Teaching Reading (3 cr.), M482* Student take an examination for placement in P111 A minimum GPA of 2.5 is required in all student-teaching semester. Two of these Teaching: All Grades (10 cr.), M471* Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano EDUC courses. Instrumental and teaching area semesters must be spent in the International Undergraduate Seminar in Music Education Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class majors are required to enroll in at least one Vocal Ensemble. (1 cr.), P254 Educational Psychology for 3, Music Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, semester of Young Winds as partial fulfillment Music Majors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/ Performance Study Minimum of 2 credit Teachers of All Grades (3 cr.). A minimum of EDUC M301 Laboratory/Field Experience. Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study each hours each semester until senior recital is GPA of 2.5 is required in all EDUC courses. General Education 30 credit hours. Those courses marked with an asterisk have semester until the P105 Keyboard Proficiency passed. Entrance audition, freshman jury, Written and Oral Expression 9 credit hours. admission to the Teacher Education Program Examination is passed. upper-division examination, senior recital. English composition, 3 credit hours or of the School of Education, including the Other Secondary Performance Required for Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency competency; other written and oral expression, Preprofessional Skills Test (PPST), as a keyboard or voice students: secondary band or All students must pass the P105 Keyboard 6 credit hours that must include Speech S121 prerequisite. orchestra instrument (2-2-2-2 cr.). Proficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105 Public Speaking (3 cr.) or S122 Interpersonal Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.). General Education 30 credit hours. Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. Communication (3 cr.). Students whose primary instrument is not Written and Oral Expression 9 credit hours. Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of Humanities 3 credit hours. Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), guitar, piano, organ, or harpsichord must take English composition, 3 credit hours or Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics competency; other written and oral expression, T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), an examination for placement in P111 Piano 9 credit hours: Life sciences, 3 credit hours; 6 credit hours which must include Speech S121 T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class physical sciences and mathematics, 3 credit Public Speaking (3 cr.) or S122 Interpersonal T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical 2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3, hours; electives, 3 credit hours. Music Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, Music Communication (3 cr.). Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Social and Behavioral Sciences 9 credit Majors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/ Humanities 3 credit hours. Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study each Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV hours (must be chosen from three different Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V departments). semester until the P105 Keyboard Proficiency 9 credit hours. Life sciences, 3 credit hours; Examination is passed. (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I To Complete Degree Free music or physical sciences and mathematics, 3 credit (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II Other Secondary Performance Required for non–music electives as needed to bring the hours; electives, 3 credit hours. (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in students who are not majoring in voice: Voice total credit hours to 120, excluding major Social and Behavioral Sciences 9 credit T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical V100 Voice Elective/Secondary (2-2-2 cr.) or ensemble. Students must have a minimum hours (must be chosen from three different Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical V100 (2 cr.) and E494 Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.). cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all courses. departments). Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. Instrumental students must take both To Complete Degree Free music or Bachelor of Music Education, secondary piano and secondary voice. Other Music Courses 20 credit hours. E131 non–music electives as needed to bring the Introduction to Music Education (2 cr.), E231 Teaching Area Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. total credit hours to 120, excluding major General Music Methods K-12 (2 cr.), E312 This B.M.E. emphasis results in State of Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of ensemble. Students must have a minimum Arranging for Instrumental and Vocal Groups Indiana K-12 All-Grades certification in Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all courses. (2 cr.), E458 Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.) or F466 Choral-General and Instrumental Music. T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), Techniques in Marching Bands (2 cr.) (string Graduates are trained to work with general T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), students may substitute E303 Violin Pedagogy music and instrumental classes and with T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical (2 cr.) for E458 Pedagogy of Jazz or F466 choral and instrumental ensembles in public Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Techniques in Marching Bands), F261 String schools. 20 School of Music School of Music 21

Major Ensemble X040 University (2 cr.), E458 Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.) or F466 Application materials and information Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Instrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) or X070 Techniques in Marching Bands (2 cr.) (string concerning prerequisites can be obtained from Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class University Choral Ensembles (2 cr.) required students may substitute E303 Violin Pedagogy School of Education Student Services, Wright 3, Music Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, every fall semester, spring semester, and (2 cr.) for E458 Pedagogy of Jazz or F466 Education Building, Room 1005, Indiana Music Majors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano second summer session in which student is Techniques in Marching Bands), F261 String University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; (812) Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study registered for any course, music or non–music, Class Techniques (2 cr.), F281 Brass Instrument 856-8501. each semester until the P105 Keyboard Techniques (2 cr.), F337 Woodwind Proficiency Examination is passed. except during the student-teaching semester. In addition to the successful completion of the Must include four semesters of band with two Techniques (2 cr.), F338 Percussion Techniques B.M.E. degree, teaching certification for the Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. semesters in Marching Band for all except (2 cr.) (percussion students substitute State of Indiana requires the recommendation Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of string students and four semesters of chorus, secondary instrument for F338 Percussion of Indiana University and successful Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), two of which must be the International Vocal Techniques), G370 Techniques for Conducting completion of the core battery and the T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), Ensemble. (2 cr.), G371 Choral Conducting I (2 cr.), G373 specialty tests of the National Teacher T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), Instrumental Conducting (2 cr.). Performance Study Minimum of 2 credit Examination. T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical hours each semester until senior recital is School of Education Courses 34 credit Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and passed. Entrance audition, freshman jury, hours. Education H340 Education and Students in music bachelor’s degree programs Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and upper-division examination, senior recital. American Culture (3 cr.), M201 Laboratory/ other than the B.M.E. who wish to obtain Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV information on music teaching certification Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency Field Experience (1 cr.), M300 Teaching in a (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V Pluralistic Society (3 cr.), M301 Laboratory/ should contact the undergraduate advisor of (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I All students must pass the P105 Keyboard the music education department. Proficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105 Field Experience (0 cr.), M342* Methods and (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.). Materials for Teaching Elementary Music (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in Students whose primary performance area is (3 cr.), M343* Methods and Materials for T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical not guitar, piano, organ, or harpsichord must Teaching Choral Music (2 cr.), M344* Methods Bachelor of Science Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical take an examination for placement in P111 and Materials for Teaching Instrumental Music Degrees Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano (3 cr.), M401* Laboratory/ Field Experience for Other Music Courses 17 credit hours. Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class Seniors (0 cr.), M434* Administration of School Bachelor of Science in Music and an Minimum of 5 credit hours selected from 3, Music Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, Bands or M436* Administration of School Outside Field music major undergraduate courses in the Orchestras (2 cr.), M464* Methods of Teaching Music Majors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/ This curriculum provides a double focus in following areas: church music, music Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study each Reading (3 cr.), M482* Student Teaching: All education, techniques, conducting, Grades (10 cr.), M471* Undergraduate Seminar music and another area approved by the semester until the P105 Keyboard Proficiency director of undergraduate studies. Outside composition, music history, music theory, Examination is passed. in Music Education (1 cr.), P254 Educational opera, and unclassified courses. A maximum Psychology for Teachers-All Grades (3 cr.). fields may be (1) an area other than music; Other Secondary Performance Required for (2) School of Music associate degrees in of 12 credit hours may be selected in voice students: post-techniques-level A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 is required technology (audio, costume construction, performance study. For students whose secondary instrument (2-2-2 cr.). Required for in all EDUC courses. Those courses marked stagecraft, or string instrument technology); or primary performance area is not piano, P100 instrumental students: V100 Voice Elective/ with an asterisk have admission to the Teacher (3) an interdisciplinary individualized music Elective/Secondary Piano taken after the Secondary or V101 Voice Class (2-2-2 cr.); or Education Program of the School of Education, cognate area. Applications for approval of an Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency is passed V100 Voice Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) or V101 including the Preprofessional Skills Test individualized music cognate area are may be used toward these 12 credit hours. Voice Class and E494 Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.). (PPST), as a prerequisite. available in the School of Music General Education 24 credit hours. Required for keyboard students: post- General Education 30 credit hours. undergraduate office. Written and Oral Expression English techniques-level secondary instrument Written and Oral Expression 9 credit hours. Major Ensemble X0— (2 cr.) required every composition, 2 credit hours or competency. (2-2-2 cr.) and V100 Voice or V101 Voice class English composition, 3 credit hours or fall semester, spring semester, and second Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Two (2-2-2 cr.); or V100 Voice Elective/Secondary competency; other written and oral expression, summer session in which the student is semesters (4-4) or equivalent. (2 cr.) or V101 Voice class (2 cr.) and E494 6 credit hours that must include Speech S121 registered for any course, music or non–music. Humanities 3 credit hours. Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.). Public Speaking (3 cr.) or S122 Interpersonal Instrumental students, X040 University Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. Communication (3 cr.). Instrumental Ensembles; vocal students, X070 3 credit hours. Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of Humanities 3 credit hours. University Choral Ensembles; keyboard Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics students, X070 University Choral Ensembles hours. T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), 9 credit hours. Life sciences, 3 credit hours; or, with permission of the choral department, T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), physical sciences and mathematics, 3 credit X002 Piano Accompanying. Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical hours; electives, 3 credit hours. Performance Study Instrument or voice: ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Social and Behavioral Sciences 9 credit minimum of 2 credit hours each semester until Outside Field 27 credit hours subject to Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and senior recital is passed. Entrance audition, approval of the director of undergraduate Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV hours (must be chosen from three different departments). freshman jury, upper-division examination, studies and the advisor of the outside field (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V senior recital. Students interested in department or program). (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I To Complete Degree Free music or composition should consult the Director of To Complete Degree Free music or (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II non–music electives as needed to bring the Undergraduate Studies. non–music electives as needed to bring the (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in total credit hours to 120, excluding major Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency total credit hours to 120, excluding major T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical ensemble. Students must have a minimum ensemble. Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all courses. All students must pass the P105 Keyboard Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. Proficiency Examination (0 cr.) or I105 Teaching Certification Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.). Bachelor of Science and an Outside Other Music Courses 22 credit hours. E131 Students whose primary performance area is Field (Composition Emphasis) Introduction to Music Education (2 cr.), E231 Application for admission to the Teacher Education Program of the School of Education not guitar, piano, organ, or harpsichord must Students who wish to pursue the Bachelor of General Music Methods K-12 (2 cr.), E312 take an examination for placement in P111 Arranging for Instrumental and Vocal Groups should be made in the sophomore year. Science and an Outside Field and whose area 22 School of Music School of Music 23 of concentration is composition, are subject to Written and Oral Expression English Jazz Studies Courses (16 cr.) E458 Pedagogy 2 credit hours of performance study until the following requirements in addition to composition, 2 credit hours or competency. of Jazz (2 cr.), F201 Jazz Piano Class (1 cr.), upper-division hearing is passed. courses listed above under Core Music Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. F316 Jazz Arranging I (3 cr.), F321 Jazz Core Music Courses 26 credit hours. T151 Courses: Humanities 3 credit hours. Improvisation I (2 cr.), F322 Jazz Improvisation Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), T152 Major Ensemble X0__ (2 cr.) required every II (2 cr.), M393 History of Jazz (3 cr.), M395 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), T251 Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics History of Jazz (3 cr.) fall semester, spring semester, and second 3 credit hours. Music Theory and Literature III (3 cr.), T252 summer session in which the student is Outside Field 27 credit hours, subject to Music Theory and Literature IV (3 cr.), T351 registered for any course, music or non-music. Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 hours. approval of the director of undergraduate Instrumental students, X040 University studies and the advisor of the outside field History and Literature of Music I (4 cr.), M402 Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from Instrumental Ensembles; vocal students, X070 department or program. History and Literature of Music II (4 cr.), University Choral Ensembles; keyboard “General Education Requirements.” elective (3 cr.) selected from 300- or 400-level students, X070 University Choral Ensembles Outside Field 27 credit hours, subject to General Education 24 credit hours. (See courses in music theory, music history, or or, with permission of the choral department, approval of the director of undergraduate separate list of approved departments for composition. X002 Piano Accompanying. studies and the advisor of the outside-field general education courses.) General Education See the College of Arts and Composition Study K400: minimum of 2 department or program). Written and Oral Expression English Sciences Bulletin for detailed information. credit hours each semester until senior recital To Complete Degree Free music or non- composition, 2 credit hours or competency. Fundamental Skills Requirements: is passed. Concurrent registration in I500 music electives as needed to bring the total English Composition 3 credit hours. Performance and Composition Masterclass credit hours to 120, excluding major ensemble. Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Two (0 cr.), Composition Master Class, for every semesters of introductory foreign language Intensive Writing 3 credit hours. semester of K400 Composition Major. K214- Bachelor of Science in Music and an (4-4 cr.) or by one semester of accelerated Mathematics one approved course. K215 Instrumentation I-II (2-2 cr.), K451-K452 Outside Field (Jazz Studies study (4 or 5 cr.). Foreign Language four-semester sequence. Advanced Orchestration I-II (2-2 cr.). Entrance Emphasis) Humanities 3 credit hours Distribution Requirements (Must include one interview, upper-division examination, senior topics course in each area and at least one Entrance to the curriculum only by permission Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics recital. Strongly recommended but not course in each subarea.): required: K133 Notation and Calligraphy (1), of department chairperson. 3 credit hours K231-K232 Free Counterpoint I-II (2-2 cr.). Arts and Humanities 12 credit hours. Major Ensemble X0__ (2 cr.) Required every Social and Behavioral Science 3 credit hours Performance Study Instrument or Voice: fall semester, spring semester, and second Social and Historical Studies 12 credit hours. minimum of 2 credit hours each semester until summer session in which the student is Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from Natural and Mathematical Sciences 12-20 the eighth semester B.S. or B.M.E. level is registered for any course, music or non-music. “General Education Requirements.” credit hours. certified by hearing; entrance audition, A minimum of four semesters of jazz band is To Complete Degree Free music or non- Culture Studies 6 credit hours. Two courses freshman jury, upper-divisional examination. required. music electives as needed to bring the total from List A or one course from List A and one course from List B. See Lists A and B, pp. 13-17 Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency Performance Study Minimum of 2 credit credit hours to 120, excluding major ensemble. of the College of Arts and Sciences Bulletin. All students must pass the P105 Keyboard hours each semester until senior recital is Proficiency Examination (0 cr.), I105 Keyboard passed. Entrance audition, freshman jury, To Complete Degree A total of 122 credits is Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.). Students upper-division examination, senior jazz recital. Bachelor of Arts in Music required, excluding credit in major ensemble. whose primary performance area is not guitar, This curriculum is offered through the College piano, organ, or harpsichord must take an Secondary Piano and Keyboard Proficiency of Arts and Sciences. Information concerning examination for placement in P111 Piano Class All students must pass the P105 Keyboard Audio Degrees Proficiency Examination. Students whose admission to the College may be obtained by 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class 2, In addition to meeting the general primary instrument is not piano must take an contacting the College of Arts and Sciences, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3, Music requirements for admission to the university, examination for placement in P111 Piano Class Kirkwood Hall 001, Indiana University, Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4, Music the student must follow the procedures 1 Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 Piano Class 2 Bloomington, Indiana 47405; (812) 855-1821. Majors (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/ outlined below. These procedures apply to Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 Piano Class 3 Music Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study each Credits earned in ensemble, chamber music, students currently enrolled on the Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class 4 Music Majors semester until the P105 Keyboard Proficiency and performance are considered outside the Bloomington campus as well as to new (2 cr.), or P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) Examination is passed. College of Arts and Sciences. A maximum of 20 freshmen and transfer students. Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. and continue study each semester until the such credit hours may be counted toward this Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of Keyboard Proficiency Examination is passed. degree. In order to assess the quality of applicants, and Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. Major Ensemble X0__ (2 cr.) required every instead of a preadmission interviews, all T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of fall semester, spring semester, and second interested students are required to participate T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), summer session in which student is registered in the exploratory courses A101 Introduction T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), for any course, music or non–music. to Audio Technology, A111 Basic Electricity, Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), Instrumental students, X040 University and T151 Music Theory and Literature I or, as Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical Instrumental Ensembles; vocal students, X070 an alternative only for those A.S. candidates Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and University Choral Ensembles; keyboard who have an insufficient music background, (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and students, X070 University Choral Ensembles, Z101 Music for the Listener and Z111 (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV or, with permission of the choral department, Introduction to Music Theory. These courses (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V X002 Piano Accompanying. are taught only in the fall semester; it is not possible to begin work in audio except at that (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I Chamber Music Ensemble F450 Chamber T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II time. Mathematics M125 Pre-Calculus Music Coaching (1 cr.). (Not required for voice Mathematics, or its equivalent, is a Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in majors.) Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical prerequisite for A111 Basic Electricity. Performance Study Instrument or Voice: Students not eligible for entry to the School of General Education 24 credit hours. Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. 4-16 credit hours. Students must register for Music should make application to, and be 24 School of Music School of Music 25 accepted into, the University Division of Core Music Courses 27 credit hours. apply to students in the audio department. See Major Ensemble X030 Ballet Ensemble (2 cr.) Indiana University as an exploratory student. Placement examination or T109 Rudiments of above for details on admission to the A.S. in required every fall semester, spring semester, Audio may be listed as the intended major, but Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), Audio Technology degree. and second summer session in which student this does not guarantee acceptance into a T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), Audio Courses 38 credit hours. Required: is registered for any music or non–music degree program past the first semester courses. T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), A101 Introduction to Audio Technology (2 cr.), course. T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical A102 Audio Techniques I (3 cr.), A111 Basic Performance Study 60 credit hours. Ballet Admission to the program is determined at the Skills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and end of the first semester and is based on the Electricity (2 cr.), A112 Electronics I (3 cr.), J210 Jazz Dance (1-1 cr.), J340 Practicum (2-2- Literature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and A201 Advanced Audio Theory (3 cr.), A211 2-2 cr.), J400 Ballet (Major) (6-6-6-6-6-6-6-4 cr.), following factors: (1) quality of work in A101 Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV Introduction to Audio Technology, A111 Basic Electronics II (3 cr.), A270 Audio Techniques II J410 Choreography Workshop (2-2 cr.). (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), A311 Audio Repair and Maintenance I Entrance audition, freshman jury, upper- Electricity, and T151 Music Theory and (3 cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I Literature I or, as an alternative only for those (3 cr.), A360 Recording Techniques (2 cr.), division hearing, graduation examination J401 (4 cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II A370 Studio Techniques I (2 cr.), A380 Final Ballet Major: Graduation Examination (0 cr.). A.S. candidates who have an insufficient music (4 cr.). A grade of C or better is required in background, Z101 Music for the Listener and Project in Audio Technology (1 cr.), A470 Secondary Piano Secondary Piano (2-2 cr.). T109 Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical Studio Techniques II (2 cr.), and A480 Z111 Introduction to Music Theory; (2) Other Music Courses 10 credit hours. Skills I, T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical Internship in Audio (2 cr.). With permission of demonstrated interest in the school’s audio Selected from School of Music courses for Skills III, and T331 Musical Skills IV. the audio department chairperson, students activities; (3) overall academic and musical which the student has appropriate Upper-Division Hearing Admission to the may replace A370 (2 cr.), A380 (1 cr.), A470 record; and (4) personal interview. Only a background. limited number of students can be accepted fifth semester of the program is based on (2 cr.), and A480 (2 cr.), with A460 (7 cr.). (1) grades in all audio technology and music Elective: a minimum of 7 credits selected from General Education 24 credit hours. These into courses beyond the first semester because credit hours are in addition to specified of limitations on studio equipment and space. courses in the first four semesters; (2) upper- A312 Audio Repair and Maintenance II (3 cr.), division examination including hearing of A320 Electronic Studio Technique for Audio courses in the theater department. (See Decisions related to the selection of those recordings produced by the candidate; and Majors (2 cr.), A321 Media Techniques (3 cr.), separate list of approved departments for students qualifying for major status are (3) overall academic record. A361 Advanced Recording Projects (2 cr.), or general education courses.) announced prior to the beginning of the spring Cognate Areas 16 credit hours in Cognate alternatives approved by the audio Written and Oral Expression English semester. All candidates are informed by letter Areas I and II. department chairperson. composition, 2 credit hours or competency. as to the success or failure of their application. Cognate Area I Music: Minimum of 6 credit Ensemble X090 Audio Technical Crew Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Two For further information and dates of hours must be taken in other music courses. required each semester of enrollment. A semesters (4-4) or equivalent. orientation meetings, contact the Audio Recommended areas: performance study, minimum of four semesters is required. Humanities 3 credit hours. Department, School of Music, Indiana music theory, music history and literature, Core Music Courses Z101 Music for the Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; conducting, score reading, and orchestration. Listener I (3 cr.) and Z111 Introduction to 3 credit hours. (812) 855-1087. Cognate Area II Nonmusic: Minimum of 6 Music Theory (3 cr.) or, for students with Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit credit hours must be taken in the areas of sufficient music background, T109 Rudiments hours. Bachelor of Science in Audio of Music I (3 cr.) and T151 Music Theory and business, computer science, mathematics, Electives Recording Literature I (3 cr.). 5-11 credit hours selected from physics, or psychology, in addition to the ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ See the statement above for details on general education requirements below. General Education 17 credit hours. Other Non–Music Courses 20 credit hours. admission to the B.S. in Audio Recording General Education 24 credit hours. Written and Oral Expression English degree. Admission to the fifth semester of the 17 credit hours of theatre courses required. Written and Oral Expression English composition, 2 credit hours or competency. T100 Introduction to Theatre (4 cr.), T120 program is based on (1) grades in all audio composition, 2 credit hours or competency. Humanities 3 credit hours. technology and music courses in the first four Acting I (3 cr.), T220 Acting II (3 cr.), T230 semesters; (2) upper-division examination Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Two Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics Stage Costuming I (3 cr.), and T533 Studies in including hearing of recordings produced by semesters (4-4) or equivalent. 5-10 credit hours. Required physics courses: Stage Costuming (3 cr.) recommended. the candidate; and (3) overall academic record. Humanities 3 credit hours. P105 Basic Physics of Sound (3 cr.) and P108 To Complete Degree Music or non–music Although audition as a music major is not Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics Intermediate Acoustics Laboratory (2 cr.); courses, as needed, to bring the total credit recommended: P201 General Physics (5 cr.) or required, other requirements for admission, 5-10 credit hours. Required physics courses: hours to 120, excluding major ensemble. P221 Physics I (5 cr.). academic regulations, and academic standing P105 Basic Physics of Sound (3 cr.) and P108 Bachelor of Science in Music and an for the School of Music apply to students in Intermediate Acoustics Laboratory (2 cr.); Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit the audio department. recommended: P201 General Physics (5 cr.) or hours. Outside Field (Ballet Emphasis) Audio Recording 50 credit hours. A101 P221 Physics I (5 cr.). Electives 0-4 credit hours selected from Admission to the curriculum only by Introduction to Audio Technology (2 cr.), A102 Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ permission of the Department of Ballet Audio Techniques I (3 cr.), A201 Advanced hours. To Complete Degree Free music or non- chairperson. A background in music is not a prerequisite for admission to the degree Audio Theory (3 cr.), A270 Audio Techniques II Electives 0-9 credit hours selected from music electives as needed to bring the total program. (3 cr.), A111 Basic Electricity (2 cr.), A112 ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ credit hours to 55, excluding major ensemble. Electronics I (3 cr.), A211 Electronics II (3 cr.), Major Ensemble X030 Ballet Ensemble (2 cr.) To Complete Degree Music or non–music A311 Audio Repair and Maintenance I (3 cr.), required every fall semester, spring semester, courses, as needed, to bring the total credit A450 Recording Arts-Repertoire (2-2-2-2-2-2 cr.), Ballet Degrees and second summer session in which student hours to 120, excluding major ensemble. A460 Recording Arts-Techniques (4-4-4-3 cr.), is registered for any music or non–music Bachelor of Science in Ballet A461 Senior Project in Recording Arts (1 cr.). Associate of Science, Audio course. Admission to the curriculum only by Major Ensemble X090 Audio Technical Technology Performance Study 52 credit hours. Ballet Crew (2 cr.) required every fall semester, permission of the Department of Ballet J210 Jazz Dance (1-1 cr.), J400 Ballet (Major) spring semester, and second summer session Although audition and admission as a music chairperson. A background in music is not a (6-6-6-6-6-6-4-4 cr.), J340 Practicum (2-2 cr.), in which student is registered for any music or major are not required, other requirements for prerequisite for admission to the degree J410 Choreography Workshop (2 cr.). Entrance non–music course. admission, academic regulations, and program. audition, freshman jury, upper-division academic standing for the School of Music 26 School of Music School of Music 27 hearing, graduation examination J401 Ballet Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. The To Complete Degree Free music or non-music Major Ensemble X091 String Repair Major: Graduation Examination (0 cr.). equivalent of two semesters’ study of one electives as needed to bring the total credit Technical Crew required each semester of Secondary Piano Secondary Piano (2-2 cr.). language: French, German, or Italian. hours to 55, excluding major ensemble. enrollment. A minimum of four semesters is required. Other Music Courses 10 credit hours. Humanities 19 credit hours: F100 Associate of Science, Costume Selected from School of Music courses for Fundamental Studio-Drawing (3 cr.), F101 Secondary Performance 12 credit hours. which the student has appropriate Fundamental Studio-3D (3 cr.), F102 Construction Technology Option I: Upper strings selected from S110 background. Fundamental Studio-2D (3 cr.), cultural option Entrance to the curriculum only with the Violin Elective/Secondary or S120 Viola courses, 10 credit hours as recommended by Elective/Secondary (2-2-2-2 cr.) and lower General Education 24 credit hours. (See permission of the department chairperson. department. strings selected from S130 Cello Elective/ separate list of approved departments for This program is offered jointly by the School of Music and the Department of Apparel Secondary or S140 Double Bass Elective/ general education courses.) Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics 3 credit hours. Merchandising and Interior Design. A student Secondary (2-2 cr.). Option II: Lower strings Written and Oral Expression English selected from S130 Cello Elective/Secondary Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit in this program must enroll through the School composition, 2 credit hours or competency. or S140 Double Bass Elective/Secondary hours. of Music for a minimum of two semesters. Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours. Two Major Ensemble (2-2-2-2 cr.) and upper strings selected from Electives 0-4 credit hours. X080 Opera Technical Crew semesters (4-4 cr.) or equivalent. required each semester of enrollment. A S110 Violin Elective/Secondary or S120 Viola Humanities 3 credit hours. To Complete Degree Free music or minimum of four semesters is required. Elective/Secondary (2-2 cr.). non–music electives as needed to bring the Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics Costume Construction Courses and Other Core Music Courses 6 credit hours. Z101 total credit hours to 120, excluding major 3 credit hours. Music Courses Music for the Listener I (3 cr.) and Z111 ensemble. 15 credit hours. R320 Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit Workshop in Scenic Technique (3-3 cr.), R325- Introduction to Music Theory (3 cr.); or, for hours. Associate of Science, Stagecraft R326 Opera/Ballet Costume Construction I-II students with sufficient music background, T109 Rudiments of Music I (3 cr.) and T151 Electives (3-3 cr.), U371 Costume Construction 5-11 credit hours selected from Technology Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.). ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ Graduation Examination (0 cr.), Z101 Music Entrance to curriculum only with permission for the Listener I (3 cr.). General Education 17 credit hours. Outside Field 35 credit hours (see “Bachelor of department chairperson. A background in General Education 20 credit hours. Written and Oral Expression English of Science in Music and an Outside Field”). music is not a prerequisite for admission to the composition, 2 credit hours or competency. To Complete Degree Music or non–music program. A student in this program must Written and Oral Expression English courses, as needed, to bring the total credit register through the School of Music for a composition, 2 credit hours or competency. Humanities 3 credit hours. hours to 120, excluding major ensemble. minimum of two semesters. Humanities 6 credit hours. Required: T210 Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics Major Ensemble X080 Opera Technical Crew Appreciation of the Theatre (3 cr.); elective: 3 credit hours. required each semester of enrollment. A 3 credit hours. Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit Opera Technical Degrees minimum of four semesters is required. X090 Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics hours. Bachelor of Science in Music in Audio Technical Crew must also be taken 3 credit hours. Electives 6-8 credit hours selected from concurrently with A101 Introduction to Audio Opera Scenic Technique Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ Technology. hours. To Complete Degree Free music or non- Entrance to the curriculum only by permission Stagecraft Courses and Other Music Courses Electives 6-8 credit hours selected from music electives as needed to bring the total of the department chairperson after an 30 credit hours. A101 Introduction to Audio ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ credit hours to 55, excluding major ensemble. interview and portfolio review. A background Technology (2 cr.), A111 Basic Electricity Other Non–Music Courses 21 credit hours in music is not a prerequisite for admission to (3 cr.), U101-U102 Scenery Construction I-II selected from H203 Textiles (3 cr.), H207 the degree. Before graduation, students must (4-4 cr.), U104-U105 Stage Lighting I-II (3-3 cr.), Apparel Structure Principles (3 cr.), H303 demonstrate ability by production U107-U108 Stage Rigging I-II (2-2 cr.), U131 Experimental Apparel Structure (3 cr.), H306 performance to follow piano/vocal score for Theater Drafting (2 cr.), U133 Survey of Tailoring (3 cr.), H311 History of Textiles and technical management purposes. Theatrical Styles (2 cr.), U381 Stagecraft Costume I (3 cr.), H340 History of Textiles and Technology Graduation Examination (0 cr.), Major Ensemble X080 Opera Technical Crew Costume II (3 cr.), H407 Creative Application Z101 Music for the Listener I (3 cr.). (2 cr.) required every fall semester, spring and Design-Pattern Drafting (3 cr.). semester, and second summer session in which General Education 17 credit hours. To Complete Degree Free music or non- student is registered for any music or Written and Oral Expression English music electives as needed to bring the total non–music course. composition, 2 credit hours or competency. credit hours to 55, excluding major ensemble. Scenic Design Courses and Other Music Humanities 6 credit hours. Required: T210 Courses 71 credit hours. R300 Scenic Design Appreciation of the Theatre (3 cr.); elective: for Opera (3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3 cr.), R320 Workshop 3 credit hours. String Technical Degree in Scenic Technique (3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3 cr.), R330 Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics Seminar in History of Stage Design and Associate of Science, String 3 credit hours. Architecture (2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2 cr.), R463 Instrument Technology Individual Project in Opera Stage Design Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit hours. Entrance to curriculum only with permission (1 cr.), R464 Individual Project in Opera of department chairperson. A student in this Technical Direction (1 cr.), Z101 Music for the Electives 3-5 credit hours selected from program must enroll through the School of Listener I (3 cr.), Z111 Introduction to Music ‘‘General Education Requirements.’’ Music for a minimum of two semesters. Theory (3 cr.). Other Electives 9 credit hours. Related String Instrument Technology 30 credit General Education 35 credit hours. courses as approved by the department hours. U470 Violin Repair I-II-III-IV (6-6-6-6 Written and Oral Expression English chairperson. cr.), U274-U275 History of Violin Making I-II composition, 2 credit hours or competency. (3-3 cr.), U391 String Instrument Technology Graduate Examination (0 cr.). 28 School of Music School of Music 29

1. Visiting students at the graduate level must Graduate Division Admission Categories audition for a faculty committee, be Upon receipt of the completed application, accepted by a particular faculty member for Admission Requirements may be obtained from the Music Admissions Graduate Record Examination test scores (if instruction, and be approved by the Office or the Music Graduate Office. required), transcript, and audition or interview Admissions and Recruitment Committee of All persons with a bachelor’s degree in music Transcript, GRE Examination results, the School of Music Admissions and the School of Music. Visiting students are from an accredited college, university, Recruitment Committee may grant regular not required to take proficiency conservatory, or its demonstrated equivalent A transcript of previous college and university admission, conditional admission, or examinations in music theory, music are eligible to apply for admission to the work must accompany the application. M.A., admission on probation, or may reject the history and literature, or English. For the Graduate Division of the School of Music, M.A.T., and Ph.D. applicants should check application. Certain departments have summer session, visiting students may be which administers master’s degrees, doctoral with the graduate office for instructions about additional requirements for regular admission admitted only if they have been accepted degrees, and diploma programs. Students with admittance to the University Graduate School. to their majors. See individual degrees for by an individual faculty member. Visiting a non–degree-based conservatory education further information. students who wish to continue study (resulting in advanced diplomas in Each applicant for admission to the Graduate Division of the School of Music with an during the regular academic year must performance, music history, and music theory) Conditional Admission audition for a faculty committee. who can satisfy an undergraduate equivalent undergraduate academic record containing more than 10 percent of ‘‘pass,’’ ‘‘satisfactory,’’ Candidates completing a bachelor’s degree in 2. Graduate visiting students must register in music may be considered for entrance into the Undergraduate Division of the School of for a minimum of 9 credit hours per the Master of Music program with the consent or ‘‘credit’’ entries in lieu of letter grades must submit (1) a written evaluation or customary Music may apply for conditional admission to semester (4 credit hours in the summer) of the School of Music Admissions Committee, the Graduate Division of the School of Music including major ensemble courses. the director of graduate studies, the dean of letter grade by the instructor in at least 90 percent of all courses and (2) scores on the and may enroll for graduate credit for that 3. Graduate visiting students may attend a the School of Music, and the dean of the portion of their program not required for maximum of two semesters during the University Graduate School. Graduate Record Examination. Both requirements must be met before the student’s completion of the bachelor’s degree, provided academic year and four summer sessions. Students with undergraduate degrees in areas application for admission can be considered. they meet the following requirements: 4. Graduate visiting students are not eligible other than music may be admitted to the 1. They are within one semester of meeting for financial aid from the School of Music School of Music as nondegree students until an Entering students in music education (except degree requirements and have completed during the fall and spring semesters. undergraduate equivalency in music is M.A.T.), music theory, and musicology are the final recital requirement. Unless 5. Credits earned as a graduate visiting satisfied. If the student is fully prepared in the required to take both the Graduate Record requirements for the bachelor’s degree are student may be applied toward a degree or major area, the nondegree status will be at the Examination (GRE) and the GRE Revised completed within that semester, graduate diploma only with the permission of the graduate level. If there are undergraduate Subject Test in Music. The GRE Revised credit earned may not be counted toward director of graduate studies. Graduate deficiencies in the major area, the student will Subject Test in Music is not required for all an advanced degree. visiting students wishing to change to be considered a nondegree undergraduate other graduate majors but is strongly 2. The total course load does not exceed that degree or diploma status must complete student. Deficiencies relative to such an encouraged. Students receiving a score of 600 ordinarily taken by a full-time graduate the application process of the School of equivalency may exist in the major field, in a or higher are exempt from IU School of Music student. Music and Indiana University. performance area (for students majoring in proficiency examinations in music history and literature and in music theory (except sight Any graduate courses taken by under- areas other than performance), or in the graduates prior to their admission to the undergraduate music core curriculum. Please singing). Scores for this test are also accepted Proficiency Examinations during the first semester only of a student’s Graduate Division are counted only toward an consult the graduate office for the details of undergraduate degree. All new graduate degree students (M.S. equivalency requirements. enrollment. Visiting students, as well as students excepted), including graduates of students in M.A. Arts Administration, M.S. Admission on Probation Indiana University, are required to take a Application degrees, and the diploma programs, are not number of examinations that serve as subject to these proficiency examinations. A student who does not have an The completed Application for Admission undergraduate and graduate grade point proficiency tests or prerequisites for entrance with Graduate Standing form should be Audition average of 3.0 or better may be admitted on to certain graduate courses. These received by the director of admissions of the All students applying for graduate degrees or probation in exceptional cases. Probationary examinations include music history and School of Music by March 1 (December 15 for diplomas with a major in music performance students must be enrolled full time during literature, music theory, and keyboard composition; January 15 for musicology; or for visiting student status must audition for their first semester and must achieve a proficiencies. Students whose major field is not February 1 for music theory, and music admission. Information on audition dates and minimum grade-point average of 3.0 for that music performance also take a music education students) for entrance the following procedures is available from the School of semester. Students who are admitted on performance proficiency. fall semester, by November 1 for the spring Music admissions office. A high-quality probation and who incur academic probation semester, and by April 15 for the summer cassette tape may be used for preliminary during their first semester of study are subject Music History and Literature session only. International students should acceptance; however, a personal audition is to dismissal. See ‘‘Probation and Dismissal.’’ Entrance Proficiency and Music also apply to the Indiana University Office of required for official acceptance. See individual Theory Entrance Proficiency Admissions. Applicants whose native degrees for specific requirements. Time Limit for Acceptance The music history and literature and music language is not English must submit the Students who do not matriculate within one year of theory proficiencies may be satisfied in any of results of the Test of English as a Foreign Other Admission Requirements acceptance must repeat entrance auditions and the following ways: Language (TOEFL). A paper-based test score Students applying for graduate degrees in the other admission requirements. 1. Prior to matriculation, or during the first of 560 or a computer-based score of 223 is fields of choral conducting, composition, early semester of enrollment, students may take necessary for regular admission. A paper- music, instrumental conducting, music the GRE Revised Subject Test in Music. A based score of 460 or computer-based score of education, music theory, musicology, opera, Visiting Students score of 600 or higher on this test satisfies 140 is required of those applying to the voice, woodwinds, arts administration, music both history and theory proficiencies, with diploma programs. and library science, music theater stage A limited number of graduate-level students the exception of sight singing. The sight techniques, and stage direction for opera must with interest in advanced work in music Indiana University School of Music master’s singing exam must be taken in person. meet other admission requirements or performance or academic study may be students applying for admission to the D.M. do 2. Students may take and pass the graduate prerequisites as specified in the description of admitted as visiting students, subject to the not need to repeat the entire formal admissions following: entrance exams no later than the beginning process. Information on specific requirements the individual degrees. 30 School of Music School of Music 31

of the second semester of enrollment. The M541 Music History Review for Graduate additional music performance study in each Required Grades theory tests may be taken twice. The Students I and/or M542 Music History Review period of enrollment as a prerequisite to the Major Each course in the major field must history test may be taken only once, for Graduate Students II and make a grade of desired degree. have a grade of B or better to fulfill degree preferably at the beginning of the first C or better in the course. requirements. semester of enrollment. 3. Students may enroll in and pass the Keyboard Proficiency Examination General Requirements Core Each course in the core requirement graduate review courses, as listed in the All music graduate students (except M.S. must have a grade of C or better to fulfill section below. candidates) must pass a keyboard proficiency for Master’s Degrees degree requirements. 4. Petitions for exceptions to this policy will examination. Most students will take the Degrees Offered Cognate Each course in a cognate or minor not be entertained. examination on piano. Early music majors may field must have a grade of C or better to fulfill take the examination on the harpsichord or The School of Music offers the Master of Music Music Theory degree requirements. In addition, courses lute, guitar majors on the guitar, organ majors degree with majors in music performance, These examinations are based on the counting toward a cognate or minor field must on the organ, and harp majors on the harp. conducting (choral, instrumental and wind), assumption that each candidate has had at have at least an average of B. Departments Musicology students take a departmentally early music, jazz studies, organ and church least two years of training in music theory at offering the cognate or minor may require a administered exam. music, composition, and music theory; the the undergraduate level. There are three Master of Music Education degree; the Master higher grade average. examinations. The first examination covers The keyboard proficiency examination is of Science degree with majors in ballet, music Language Proficiencies Each grammar or written work and analysis, the second covers designed to ensure the student’s ability to use theater scenic techniques, and stage direction graduate reading course must have a grade of dictation, and the third covers sight singing. the keyboard as a tool within the framework of for opera. Through the University Graduate C or better to fulfill degree requirements. For Details are available in the music theory office professional activities, and the requirements School, students may seek the Master of Arts M.A. students, the grade must be B or better. and on the IU Home Page on the Web. vary according to level and area of music degree with majors in musicology, music study. The examination is normally offered in A grade of C or better is required in each theory, or arts administration; or the Master of Comprehensive Review the latter part of each semester or in summer examination. Students who do not achieve this Arts for Teachers degree. Master of Music Prior to graduation, all master’s degree session II. Entering students who are prepared level or who do not take the examinations may students may elect a second major from those students must pass an oral or written to do so may take the exam during the meet the proficiency requirements in one of available on the Master of Music degree. examination. It is the responsibility of the orientation period. For details, see the two ways: Combined degrees are available in the Master student to consult with the major field secondary piano coordinator or the of Library Science with the Master of Arts in department to ascertain the procedures 1. Complete, with a grade of C or better, the departmental chairpersons (for early music, Music Theory or Musicology. established within that department. This required proficiency course(s) T508 Written guitar, organ, musicology, and harp). Music Theory Review for Graduate Credit Hour Requirements consultation should be accomplished within When keyboard proficiency requirements are the first year of residency. Students and T509 Sight-Singing Review The minimum requirement for a master’s for Graduate Students and, with a grade of identical for two degrees, a student seeking both degrees need not repeat the keyboard degree is 30 credit hours excluding required Time Limit for Degree Completion D or better, T511 Aural Music Theory credit hours in prerequisite or review courses Review for Graduate Students (minimum proficiency examination if it has been passed Students admitted to a master’s degree for one of the degrees. Students who fail the and major ensemble. All master’s degrees program must complete all degree grade of C for musicology majors, M.A.s, include studies in a major field, a core and Ph.D.s). keyboard proficiency examination may requirements within seven years after register, with the advice of the secondary curriculum common to all majors, and a beginning graduate study. Students who do 2. Retake the proficiency examination(s). secondary concentration of 6 credits referred to Students who do not pass the retake piano coordinator or the chairperson, for not complete their work within the prescribed appropriate courses to assist in developing the as a cognate. Individual degrees may require time limits must be readmitted to the major examination(s) according to the schedule more credit hours. Courses counted for credit stated in item 2 in “Proficiency required skills. field (through interview, submission of toward the master’s degree are numbered 500 documents, or audition, as appropriate to the Examinations” must take T508 Written Students who are candidates for music or above. Upon approval of the director of Music Theory Review for Graduate major) and meet current degree requirements graduate degrees for areas other than graduate studies and the department that and make any other curricular changes Students, T509 Sight-Singing Review for performance and whose performance offers equivalent courses in the School of Graduate Students, and/or T511 Aural indicated by the departmental chairperson and proficiency instrument (see “Music Music, master’s students may transfer course the director of graduate studies. Petitions for Music Theory Review for Graduate Performance Proficiency” below) is piano must work taken for graduate credit at other Students. exceptions must be sent to the director of also complete the keyboard proficiency institutions. M.M., M.M.E., and M.S. students graduate studies, who considers them on a The required minimum grade in written work requirement. may transfer up to 6 credit hours; M.A. and case-by-case basis, giving preference to M.A.T. students may transfer up to 8 credit and dictation for the examination, for the Music Performance Proficiency continued professional involvement in music. retake examination, or for the proficiency hours. No course may be transferred unless If granted, extensions last no more than one courses (T508 and T511), is a B for the All candidates for music graduate degrees in the grade is B or higher. Applied lessons, year. In addition, any course taken more than following degrees: M.M. in composition, areas other than music performance are chamber music, ensemble, and similar courses seven years earlier must be revalidated conducting (choral, instrumental, and wind), required to demonstrate in person to a faculty may not be transferred for degree credit nor according to the procedures of the department and music theory; D.M. in composition, auditioning committee a minimum level of may transfer courses satisfy entrance offering the course. conducting (choral, instrumental, opera, and music performance ability equivalent to the proficiencies in music history and literature wind); and Ph.D. in music theory. end of the fourth year for B.M.E. or B.S. and music theory. students in that area. The area must be one in General Requirements Music History and Literature This which instruction is offered on the 400 level in Residence Requirement examination covers music history and the School of Music. Students must take this The minimum requirement for a master’s for Doctoral Degrees literature from antiquity to the present. examination during the final week of their first degree is two semesters or four summer Questions deal with historical fact, The Graduate Division of the School of Music semester of registration. A faculty member in sessions in residence. With permission of the offers course work leading to the degree of identification of literature, and style the student’s major area shall be a voting director of graduate studies, a student may recognition. Students who fail to meet Doctor of Music in the areas of music literature member of the examination committee. Failure count toward the residence requirement up to and performance, music literature and minimum requirements (a grade of C or better) to meet the required level will automatically 6 credit hours of graduate work completed at on the examination are required to enroll in pedagogy (brass instruments only), indicate probationary status and will require any regional campus of Indiana University. composition, and conducting. Available major 32 School of Music School of Music 33 fields within these areas are listed under Credit and Residence proposal, approves the dissertation or If a student has a master’s degree in a field departmental headings in the ‘‘Curricula for The doctoral degree may be conferred upon document for defense, conducts the defense other than musicology, music education or Graduate Degrees in Music’’ section. The completion of at least 90 credit hours of and final examination, and approves and music theory, the appropriate department School of Music also offers the Doctor of Music advanced study (including the master’s grades the dissertation or document. may, with the approval of the director of Education degree and, through the University degree). At least 30 credit hours beyond the graduate studies, waive part or all of the Graduate School, the Doctor of Philosophy The research committee for Ph.D. dissertations doctoral minor course work for the second master’s degree must be completed at Indiana is appointed by the dean of the University degree in the areas of musicology, music University, with at least two consecutive minor and determine an appropriate education, and music theory. Graduate School. See the University Graduate departmental involvement in the written semesters in residence. Up to 30 credit hours School Bulletin for further information on the may be transferred from accredited and oral qualifying examinations. If the The Doctor of Music degree represents appointment and constitution of the major is in music performance, this outstanding accomplishment in music institutions. Each course to be transferred must committee. be equivalent to a course offered at Indiana substitute for a second minor may not be performance and academic studies. The holder performance. Students will take additional of this degree should demonstrate not only a University. Transfer for the D.M. and D.M.E. Structure of Doctoral Curricula degrees is approved by the director of courses in the major field or in other areas high level of performance competency in his or Information regarding the structure of the to make up the required 12 credit hours of her instrumental area or in voice, but also a graduate studies and the department in which Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Music the equivalent course is offered. Departmental the second minor. broad knowledge of the pertinent instrumental Education degrees is available under the D. Language Proficiencies or Tool Subjects or vocal repertoire, the ability to undertake practices vary: an interview or examination relevant departmental sections of this bulletin. may be required. Performance lessons, E. Recital Requirements independent research, and the ability to All Doctor of Music degrees, however, share a F. Qualifying Examinations communicate his or her understanding chamber music coaching, ensemble, and commonality as set forth below. Specific review courses may not be transferred. G. Written Project (Document, Essay, effectively in written and oral forms. requirements relating to each category listed Lecture/Recital or Composition) below may be found under departmental The Doctor of Music Education degree calls for Required Grades listings. Further details of general a scholarly study of music teaching. In Doctoral Minors Major Each course in the major field must requirements for the degree may be found in addition to providing for an understanding of The following is a partial list of minors have a grade of B or better to fulfill degree the ‘‘Regulations and Procedures’’ section of the principles underlying successful teaching available within the School of Music. For requirements. this bulletin. and the techniques necessary for systematic others, consult with the director of graduate inquiry into those processes, the degree Minor Each course in a minor field must A. Major Field 34-39 credit hours. studies. B. Minor Field The Doctor of Music degree requires an emphasis in an area of music have a grade of C or better to fulfill degree Minor in Composition The minor in requires a minor in music history and education: band conducting and literature, requirements. In addition, courses counting composition consists of (a) 12 credits of K810 literature, music theory, or music choral methodology, college music teaching, or toward a minor field must have an average of private composition lessons (3 credits of K554 education. Certain departments may supervision and administration. The area of B. For purposes of computing the required B Advanced Orchestral Arranging for Graduate further restrict the choice of options for the emphasis must be different from that of the average in the minor fields, only those courses Students may be substituted for 3 credits of minor field for their majors. For D.M. master’s degree. accepted in fulfillment of the degree will be K810 at the recommendation of the students who have completed master’s counted. Departments offering the minor may composition faculty); (b) the public A Doctor of Philosophy degree represents degrees in one of these three fields, the require a higher grade for their minor fields. performance on student composition recitals breadth of experience and training in the arts appropriate department may, with the of at least three compositions written while and sciences and is recommended for those Tool Subjects and Guided Electives Each approval of the director of graduate enrolled in K810, to be graded as Pass/Fail by planning to enter a field involving research or course must have a grade of C or better to studies, waive part or all of the doctoral a committee of at least three composition scholarly writing as well as college teaching in fulfill degree requirements. minor course work and determine an faculty in attendance; and (c) a minor field musicology, music theory, or music education. appropriate department involvement in the Language Proficiencies Each grammar or examination in two parts: (1) the composition The dissertation required for the Ph.D. degree written and oral qualifying examinations. graduate reading course must have a grade of of a vocal work to an assigned text within a must be original research of a quality and a Students will take additional courses in the C or better to fulfill degree requirements. For 24-hour period, and (2) the composition of a significance warranting publication. major field or in other areas to make up the Ph.D. students, the grade must be B or better. short movement for chamber ensemble within required 12 credit hours of the first minor. a seven-day period. Both compositions will be Admission to Curriculum C. Other Required Credits If the major is in Advisory Committee graded Pass/Fail by a committee of at least Prerequisites A master’s degree with the music performance, neither minor may be After a student is admitted to a degree three composition faculty. same major or its demonstrated equivalent is a program, a faculty advisory committee is in music performance. 12 credit hours prerequisite for the doctoral degree. For a appointed by the director of graduate studies reflecting one of the following groupings Minor in Jazz Studies The minor in jazz doctoral major not existing at the master’s based on a list submitted by the student. This are required in addition to the major and studies must be selected from F521 Advanced level, the prerequisites are those listed with the committee administers the qualifying specified minor: Improvisational Concepts (3 cr.), K512 Jazz curriculum. Students electing a change of examinations and approves and grades any 1. A second formal minor; Composition (3 cr.), M582 The Bebop Era major at the doctoral level may demonstrate required recitals or music performances. 2. An individualized minor approved by a (3 cr.), M583 Duke Ellington (3 cr.), or M584 the equivalent of the prerequisite for the new faculty member with expertise in the Research in the History and Analysis of Jazz major by special examinations or by passing Research Committee area of emphasis (this faculty member is (3 cr.). prerequisite courses. In the event that a The research committee for D.M. and D.M.E. responsible for the minor-field written Minor in Music Education The minor in student wishes to bypass the master’s degree, candidates is appointed by the director of examination) and the director of music education must consist of 6 credit hours the first 30 credit hours of graduate work will graduate studies based on a list submitted by graduate studies; selected from E518 Foundations of Music be considered the equivalent of the master’s the student. The committee consists of three or Education (3 cr.), E519 Psychology of Music degree and will be subject to the requirements members from the major field, one of whom 3. Guided electives not in the major field; (3 cr.), E530 Learning Processes in Music and regulations that apply to the master’s acts as chairperson, and one member from a choices are approved by the chairperson (3 cr.), E535 Measurement, Evaluation, and degree. minor or other outside field. The research of the student’s advisory committee and Guidance in Music (3 cr.), E616 Curriculum in director is normally either the chairperson or the director of graduate studies. Music Education (3 cr.), E635 College Music the outside member, depending on the nature Teaching (3 cr.), and 6 credit hours of electives of the topic and the expertise required. The in graduate music education. research committee approves the topic 34 School of Music School of Music 35

Minor in Music History and Literature The Ph.D. Minors for Students outside recommendation from the student’s teacher Language Study minor in music history and literature must the School of Music must be made to the departmental chairperson International Students Concentrated English include four graduate courses in music history before a departmental audition may be language study is required until a paper-based and literature taught by members of the Minors in music for doctoral students outside scheduled. All international students whose first TOEFL score of 510 or a computer-based score musicology faculty. the School of Music may be taken within one language is not English must have a paper- of 183 is attained. Courses may be exempted of the established departments of the School of based TOEFL score of 460 or computer-based by examination. Minor in Music Information Technology Music. No general entrance examinations are The minor in music information technology score of 140 to be considered for admission and Voice Students Equivalent of one year each of required, but the director of graduate studies must reach a paper-based TOEFL score of 510 or consists of U520 Music Library Information may require entering proficiency German, French, and Italian language study. Processing (3 cr.), U521 MIDI and Computer a computer-based score of 183 before the Regardless of previous training, each voice examinations. Acceptance as a minor, diploma can be granted. A candidate must be a Music (3 cr.), U522 Electronic Text Processing prerequisites, and minimum requirements are student must pass a diction proficiency in each and Distribution (3 cr.), and U523 Multimedia high school graduate (U.S.) or the equivalent. language. established by the director of graduate studies. Students with conservatory backgrounds are Development for Music Research and Instrumental Students whose first language is No transfer credits will be accepted toward a considered to be doing graduate-level work in Instruction (3 cr.). Check with the School of English. One year or equivalent of a foreign music minor. the Performer Diploma program, although they Music graduate office for information on language. Courses may be exempted by might, depending on the circumstances, be admission to the Music Information examination. Technology minor. Each of the required designated by the university as undergraduates. Diploma Programs in Chamber Music Coaching F450 Chamber courses has as a prerequisite demonstrable skill Recital The Performer Diploma program Music Coaching/F550 Graduate Chamber with at least one computing application, e.g., a Performance culminates in a recital I611 (0 cr.), which must Music Coaching (each semester of enrollment programming language or a word processing, be approved by a faculty committee according except Summer Session II). Not applicable to database, or spreadsheet application. In addition, The Performer Diploma and Artist Diploma to the hearing procedures for Master of Music voice majors. Harp students: F549 each M539 Introduction to Music Bibliography is programs are intended for the outstanding recitals. The minimum passing grade for the semester; F550 may be substituted for F549 strongly recommended as a prerequisite to performer. They are designed to concentrate recital is A–. only with permission of the department chair. U520 Music Library Information Processing study in appropriate repertoire. Students in (3 cr.) and U522 Electronic Text Processing the diploma programs have a maximum of Artist Diploma Music Courses 6 credit hours. Courses in and Distribution (3 cr.). four semesters of enrollment within five years music on the undergraduate or graduate level from the date of first enrollment. Additional Admission Candidates are admitted for which the student has the necessary Minor in Music Theory The minor in music semesters of enrollment within the five-year conditionally to the Artist Diploma program of prerequisites, such as music theory, music theory must include T550 Readings in Music time limit are possible only through the School of Music through the normal history, conducting, music education, or opera Theory (3 cr.) or T591 Teaching of Music recommendation by the student’s performance audition procedures. To be admitted, students workshop. Courses selected must be approved Theory I (3 cr.), T551 Introduction to instructor and approval by the director of must be at a performance level equivalent to by the director of graduate studies. Analytical Techniques (3 cr.) or T556 Analysis acceptance into a major international graduate studies. No exceptions to the five- Major Ensemble (each semester of of Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.), plus 6 competition. Only on recommendation of a year time limit will be considered. Performer registration) credit hours from available graduate courses in Diploma students may seek entrance to the department of the School of Music may a music theory by consultation with the Artist Diploma program. Diploma students student be heard by the Artist Diploma Performer Diploma in Professional department chairperson or the coordinator of must be enrolled in at least 9 credit hours in Audition Committee of the School of Music for Opera Studies graduate studies in music theory. A minimum any one semester of residence (4 credit hours final approval. This admission hearing must grade of B is required in each course to be in the summer). Students in the Artist take place in the first semester of residence. All Admission A live performance audition counted towards the music theory minor. Diploma and Performer Diploma programs international students whose first language is evaluated by a regular departmental faculty Minor in Musicology The minor in must have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or higher not English must have a paper-based TOEFL committee as equivalent to a Master of Music musicology must include M551 Introduction to in order to graduate. Students in both score of 460 or a computer-based score of 140 entrance audition at a high level is required. Historical Musicology (3 cr.) (prerequisite: programs must receive a grade of C or higher to be considered for admission and must reach Audition by tape will not be allowed for this M539 Introduction to Music Bibliography), in each course that is to count under the a paper-based TOEFL score of 510 or a program of study. If changing from a degree two musicology seminars from the series heading “Music Courses.” computer-based score of 183 before the program at Indiana University to the Performer M691-M696 Seminars in Medieval, diploma can be granted. High school age Diploma in Professional Opera Studies, a Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic, and The diploma programs are administered by students may be admitted to the Artist recommendation from the student’s teacher Twentieth-Century Music; and a fourth course the director of graduate studies, who monitors Diploma program. While admission to this must be made to the departmental chairperson approved by the musicology department the progress of the students. No transfer of program does not require a high school or before a departmental audition may be chairperson. credit is accepted toward the requirements of General Educational Development (GED) scheduled. All international students whose any diploma program. Aside from recital Minor in Stage Direction for Opera The diploma, one of these must be acquired before first language is not English must have a paper- requirements, the two programs share a minor in stage direction for opera must the Artist Diploma can be granted. based TOEFL score of 510 or a computer-based common course of study listed below. include R505-R506 Score Analysis for Stage score of 183 to be considered for admission. Diploma students are subject to all rules and Recitals Direction I-II (3-3 cr.), M562-M563 History and ABachelor of Music degree or its demonstrated regulations of the School of Music. Instrumentalists I911 solo recitals (0-0-0 cr., Literature of Opera II-III (3-3 cr.), and R502 one concerto must be included as one of the equivalent is a prerequisite to admission. Stage Management (1 cr.). Performer Diploma solo recitals); I921 Chamber Music recital Tool Subjects Knowledge of French, Minor in Voice The minor in voice must Admission A music performance audition (0 cr.). The minimum passing grade for all German, and Italian grammar equivalent to include 6 credit hours of V800 Voice, plus evaluated by a regular departmental faculty recitals is A–. two semesters in each at the undergraduate 6 credit hours selected from E694 Applied committee as equivalent to a high Master of Singers level. Students having fewer than two Comparative Voice Pedagogy, E695 Seminar in I911 solo recitals (0-0-0-0 cr.) The Music graduation level is required. If admission minimum passing grade for all recitals is A–. semesters with a grade of C or better in each of Vocal Pedagogy Research, or M531-M532 Song to the program is by tape, a live audition must these languages at the undergraduate level Literature I-II, M685 Vocal Literature Before be successfully completed before registration for Course of Study for Diploma must pass proficiency tests or the prescribed 1800, M686-M687 Romantic Song Literature a subsequent semester of enrollment. If Programs language courses. Regardless of previous and Oratorio I-II, and M688 Twentieth- changing from a degree program at Indiana training, each student must pass either a Performance Study 3-8 credit hours each Century Vocal Literature. For audition University to the diploma program, a proficiency examination or a diction course in information, see the department chairperson. semester. The minimum passing grade for each language. performance study is A–. 36 School of Music School of Music 37

Performance Study V900 Voice Lessons (3-3- (0 cr.), 2 credit hours selected from F550 Horn B910 Horn Graduate Major (16 cr.), Essay (6 cr.); M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II 3-3 cr.); V910 Vocal Coaching (2-2-2-2 cr.); R589 Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1 cr.) or B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1-1-1 cr.), B602 (3-3 cr.); 3 cr. selected from P105 Acoustics, Physical Alignment in Singing (2-2 cr.). F419 Special Topics (1 cr.). Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.), B603 U406 Historical Brass Instruments and Chamber Music Practicum (1-1-1 cr.), M620 Construction, E596 Independent Study, U500 Coaching R591-R592 Dramatic Coaching I-II Trombone B930 Trombone Graduate Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), 2 credit Doctoral Document/Essay (2 cr.), M641-M642 Master’s Workshop in Performance or K403 (1-1 cr.); R581-R582 Advanced Opera Skills I-II Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), literature elective Electronic Studio Resources I; literature (3-3 cr.). hours selected from F550 Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1 cr.) or F419 Special Topics (3 cr.). elective (3 cr.). Music Courses 3 credit hours, selected from (1 cr.). Trumpet and Cornet B920 Trumpet/Cornet Trumpet and Cornet B920 Trumpet/Cornet M525 Survey of Opera Literature (3 cr.); or one Euphonium B940 Euphonium Graduate Graduate Major (16 cr.), B601 Doctoral Brass Graduate Major (11 cr.); B601 Doctoral Brass of M561, M562, M563, M564 History and Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), Recital (1-1-1 cr.), B602 Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.); B602 Doctoral Chamber Recital Literature of Opera I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.). 2 credit hours selected from F550 Graduate Recital (1 cr.), B603 Chamber Music Practicum (1 cr.); E509 Horn Pedagogy (1 cr.); E511 (1-1-1 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay Trombone Pedagogy (1 cr.); E512 Tuba Major Ensemble X070 Opera Chorus (2-2-2-2 Chamber Music Coaching (1 cr.) or F419 (2 cr.), M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II Pedagogy (1 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/ cr.). Students will enroll each semester in Special Topics (1 cr.). (3-3 cr.), literature elective (3 cr.). Essay (6 cr.); M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II Opera Chorus. In semesters during which the Tuba B950 Tuba Graduate Major (16 cr.), (3-3 cr.); 3 cr. selected from P105 Acoustics, student has no opera role, participation in I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), 2 credit hours Trombone B930 Trombone Graduate Major U406 Historical Brass Instruments and Opera Chorus in two productions is required. selected from F550 Graduate Chamber Music (16 cr.), B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1-1-1 cr.), Construction, E596 Independent Study, U500 In semesters in which the student is assigned Coaching (1 cr.) or F419 Special Topics (1 cr.). B602 Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.), B603 Chamber Music Practicum (1-1-1 cr.), M620 Master’s Workshop in Performance or K403 any non-chorus role, participation in Opera Courses in pedagogy and literature may be Doctoral Document/Essay (2 cr.), M641-M642 Electronic Studio Resources I; literature Chorus in one production is required. recommended for students wishing to Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), literature elective elective (3 cr.). emphasize preparation for teaching rather Recital In lieu of a recital, two opera roles are (3 cr.). Trombone B930 Trombone Graduate Major than music performance; at least 6 credit hours required, contingent upon audition. (11 cr.); B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.); of music performance instruction are required Euphonium B940 Euphonium Graduate B602 Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.); E509 for all majors. Major (16 cr.), B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1-1-1 cr.), B602 Doctoral Chamber Recital Horn Pedagogy (1 cr.); E510 Trumpet and Certificate Programs Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected (1 cr.), B603 Chamber Music Practicum Cornet Pedagogy (1 cr.); E512 Tuba Pedagogy from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr), The School of Music offers programs leading (1-1-1 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (1 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.); M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), M528 to a Specialist Diploma in Music Education (2 cr.), M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.); 3 cr. Chamber Music Literature (3 cr), M651 and a Certificate in Organ and Church Music. (3-3 cr.), literature elective (3 cr.). selected from P105 Acoustics, E596 Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Information concerning these programs may Independent Study, U500 Master’s Workshop Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Tuba B950 Tuba Graduate Major (16 cr.), be found under the relevant departmental in Performance or K403 Electronic Studio Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1-1-1 cr.), B602 headings in the ‘‘Curricula for Graduate Resources I; literature elective (3 cr.). Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.), B603 Degrees in Music’’ section. Euphonium B940 Euphonium Graduate Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours Chamber Music Practicum (1-1-1 cr.), M620 Major (11 cr.); E509 Horn Pedagogy (1 cr.); selected from the list above and 3 credit hours Doctoral Document/Essay (2 cr.), M641-M642 E510 Trumpet and Cornet Pedagogy (1 cr.); selected from M502 Composers: variable title Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), literature elective Curricula for Graduate E512 Tuba Pedagogy (1 cr.); B601 Doctoral (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.). Brass Recital (1 cr.); B602 Doctoral Chamber Degrees in Music (3 cr.). One of the public performances (B601) must be Recital (1 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/Essay a lecture/recital. The third solo recital is Requests for deviation from department, Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field (6 cr.); M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II played after the qualifying examination has program, or school requirements may be within or outside the School of Music, with (3-3 cr.); 3 cr. selected from P105 Acoustics, been passed and before defense of the granted only by written approval from the approval of the appropriate department U406 Historical Brass Instruments and document. respective chairperson, director, or dean (or chairperson and the director of graduate Construction, E596 Independent Study, U500 their respective administrative representative). studies. The cognate field may not be in Minors See ‘‘Doctoral Minors’’ under Master’s Workshop in Performance or K403 Disposition at each level is final. Double majors another music performance area. The student ‘‘General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.’’ Electronic Studio Resources I; literature at the master’s level may be considered if all must meet the qualifications of a minor for the Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music elective (3 cr.). cognate field; only courses fulfilling requirements within each major field are met. Bibliography (2 cr.). Tuba B950 Tuba Graduate Major (11 cr.); requirements for a minor are acceptable. The B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.); B602 cognate field may become a minor if at least 12 Doctor of Music in Music Literature Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.); E509 Horn credit hours are taken in that field. Brass and Pedagogy Pedagogy (1 cr.); E510 Trumpet and Cornet Master of Music in Performance Ensemble Each semester. Prerequisite Master’s degree in one or more Pedagogy (1 cr.); E511 Trombone Pedagogy brass instruments or its demonstrated (1 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.); Prerequisite Bachelor of Music or its Doctor of Music in Music Literature equivalent. M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.); 3 cr. demonstrated equivalent. and Performance selected from P105 Acoustics, E596 Major Admission to the curriculum is Prerequisite Master’s degree with the same Independent Study, U500 Master’s Workshop Major determined on the basis of an extensive major or its demonstrated equivalent. in Performance or K403 Electronic Studio Horn B910 Horn Graduate Major (16 cr.), performance audition and an interview on the Resources I; literature elective (3 cr.). I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), 2 credit hours Major Admission to the curriculum is literature and techniques relating to the major selected from F550 Graduate Chamber Music determined on the basis of an extensive instrument. Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under “General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.” Coaching (1 cr.) or F419 Special Topics (1 cr.). performance audition and an interview on the Horn B910 Horn Graduate Major (11 cr.); Trumpet and Cornet B920 Trumpet/Cornet literature and techniques relating to the major B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.); B602 Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music Graduate Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital instrument. Doctoral Chamber Recital (1 cr.); E510 Bibliography (2 cr.). Trumpet and Cornet Pedagogy (1 cr.); E511 Ensemble Participation in a major and/or Trombone Pedagogy (1 cr.), E512 Tuba minor ensemble; assignment determined by Pedagogy (1 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/ the brass faculty. 38 School of Music School of Music 39

languages must pass proficiency tests or the Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Choral Conducting prescribed language courses. Regardless of Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Early Music Master of Music in Choral previous training, each student must pass a Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 Master of Music in Early Music, Conducting diction proficiency examination in each Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Instrumental or Vocal language. The language requirement must be Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours Prerequisite Bachelor of Music or its met prior to the scheduling of the qualifying selected from the list above and 3 credit hours Prerequisite Bachelor of Music or its demonstrated equivalent. examination. selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title demonstrated equivalent. For vocal emphasis, Admission An audition, during which the Admission An audition, during which the (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature. knowledge of French, German, and Italian candidate must conduct one of the choral candidate must appear before one of the choral Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field grammar and diction equivalent to bachelor’s ensembles or conducting classes, is scheduled ensembles or conducting classes, is scheduled within or outside the School of Music, with degree requirement of two semesters in each. during regular school hours at least 60 days during regular school hours upon written approval of the appropriate department Students having fewer than two semesters before the expected matriculation date. request at least 60 days before the expected chairperson and the director of graduate with a grade of C or better in each of these Candidate chooses music to be conducted date of matriculation. Candidates choose studies. The student must meet the languages must pass proficiency tests or the from a list available in the School of Music music to be conducted from a list of music qualifications of a minor for the cognate field; prescribed language courses. Regardless of admissions office. At the time of the audition available through the School of Music only courses fulfilling requirements for a previous training, each student must pass a each candidate must complete an interview admissions office. The work selected should be minor are acceptable. The cognate field may diction proficiency examination in each with the choral conducting faculty. Admission rehearsed in the original language. At the time become a minor if at least 12 credit hours are language. to the curriculum is probationary until of the audition, each candidate must complete taken in that field. Admission Admission is conditional upon successful completion of G561 Master’s Choral an interview with the Choral Conducting Tool Subject T556 Analysis of Twentieth- passing a hearing, during the second semester Conducting I. faculty. International applicants may submit Century Music (3 cr.). of residence, that demonstrates graduate video and audio tapes of performances. Major M565 Master’s Seminar in Choral Ensemble Each semester. music performance potential. Admission is probationary until successful Literature (3 cr.), concurrent with G561 completion of two semesters of G661 Doctoral Major, OPTION I (General Track) Master’s Choral Conducting I (3 cr.), M565 Doctor of Music in Composition Choral Conducting, both of which must be Y910 Major Instrument or Voice (2-2-2-2 cr.); Master’s Seminar in Choral Literature (3-3 cr.), Designed for the talented and accomplished completed during the first year of residency. Y710 Secondary Instrument or Voice (2-2 cr.), concurrent with G562 Master’s Choral composer who demonstrates creative ability of Applicants must also interview with the F550 Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 Conducting II (3-3 cr.), F461-F462 Score a high artistic level. Choral Conducting faculty. cr.), M558 Topics in Early Music (1-1-1-1 cr.), Reading I-II (1-1 cr.). I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.). Major G661 Doctoral Choral Conducting Prerequisite Master’s degree in composition Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected (3-3-3-3 cr.), M657 Doctoral Seminar in Choral or its demonstrated equivalent, including (Keyboard Track) from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Literature (3-3-3-3 cr.), G810-G811 Choral previous experience as a composer. Students Y910 Major Instrument (2-2-2-2 cr.), Y710 (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), Conducting Performance I-II (3-3 cr.), M620 who are deficient in areas such as music Continuo Playing (2-2 cr.), F550 Graduate M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 Doctoral Document/Essay (3 cr.), elective performance, score reading, conducting Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.), M558 Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance (3 cr.). (choral and orchestral), or orchestration are Topics in Early Music (1-1 cr.), M558 Readings Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque required to make up these deficiencies at least in Continuo Practice (1-1 cr.), I711 Master’s Minors See ‘‘Doctoral Minors’’ under Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 one full year before work for the degree is Recital (0 cr.). ‘‘General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.’’ Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- completed. Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music Major, OPTION II (Soloist Track) selected from the list above and 3 credit hours Bibliography (2 cr.). Admission All candidates are required to Y910 Major Instrument (3-3-3-3 cr.), F550 selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title submit recent compositions for evaluation by Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.), (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature the composition department at the time they M558 Topics in Early Music (1-1-1-1 cr.), I711 (3 cr.). Composition submit their applications. Master’s Recital (0 cr.). Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field Master of Music in Composition Major 18 credit hours selected from K901 Major, OPTION III (Recorder Pedagogy within or outside the School of Music, with Composition for Graduate Majors (cr. arr.) Track) Prerequisite Bachelor of Music in approval of the appropriate department with concurrent registration in I500 Y910 Major Instrument (2-2-2-2 cr.), Y710 composition or its demonstrated equivalent. chairperson and the director of graduate Performance and Composition Masterclass Secondary Instrument (2-2 cr.), F503 studies. The student must meet the Admission Students must submit recent (0 cr.); K701 Doctoral Composition Chamber Colloquium in Recorder Pedagogy (3 cr.), qualifications of a minor for the cognate field; composition with application Recital (1 cr.), K702-K703 Doctoral E507-E508 Recorder Pedagogy I-II (2-1 cr.), only courses fulfilling requirements for a Composition Document I-II (1-1 cr.), K700 I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.). minor are acceptable. The cognate field may Major 12 credit hours selected from K910 Dissertation in Composition (15 cr.). K702- Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected become a minor if at least 12 credit hours are Composition for Graduate Majors (cr. arr.) with K703 Doctoral Composition Document I-II from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature taken in that field. concurrent registration in I500 Performance and should be completed within two semesters of (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), Ensemble Each semester. Composition Masterclass (0 cr.); I711 Master’s first registration. Recital (presentation of a recital [at least 30 M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Doctor of Music in Choral minutes of music] of compositions for different “General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.” media written during residency, with the Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Conducting The “guided electives” option is not available Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 student participating as performer or conductor for composition majors. Prerequisite Master’s degree in choral of at least one work)(0 cr.), K500 Computer Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- conducting or its demonstrated equivalent, Music Notation (2 cr.), K600 Thesis in Tool Subjects T551 Introduction to Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours including previous experience as a conductor. Composition (5 cr.). Analytical Techniques (3 cr.), T556 Analysis of selected from the list above and 3 credit hours Knowledge of French, German, and Italian Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.), and K500 selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected grammar and diction equivalent to the Computer Music Notation (2 cr.) or (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature bachelor’s degree requirement of one semester equivalents, which will not be included in the (3 cr.). in each. Students with less than one semester (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), total credit hours required for the major. with a grade of C or better in each of these M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 40 School of Music School of Music 41

Cognate Field 6 credit hours selected from Other Degree Requirements Proficiency in Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M620 (2 cr.), M643-M644 Seminar in Harp Literature M517-M518-M519 Medieval, Renaissance, and reading music in original notation from the Doctoral Document/Essay (2 cr.), elective (3 cr.). I-II (3-3 cr.), E513 Harp Pedagogy (3 cr.), E514 Baroque Literature and Performance candidate’s period of specialization and an Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under Applied Harp Pedagogy (3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Practicum I-II-III or M554 Early Instruments, adjoining period. If the major instrument is “General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.” Document/Essay (2 cr.). Ensemble X040 is required each semester for D.M. harp majors or 6 credit hours in one field within or outside keyboard, proficiency in thoroughbass Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to Music until qualifying examinations are begun. May the School of Music, with approval of the accompaniment in differing historical and Bibliography (2 cr.), HISP S491 Elementary appropriate department chairperson and the be waived at the discretion of the chair. geographic styles as well as theater and church Spanish for Graduate Students (3 cr.). director of graduate studies. The cognate field styles. If the major is voice, a knowledge of Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under may not be in another music performance area. historical pronunciations of English, French, “General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.” The student must meet the qualifications of a German, Latin, and Occitanian is required. Harp Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music minor for the cognate field. The cognate field Bibliography (2 cr.). may become a minor if at least 12 credit hours Master of Music in Performance Ensemble X040 each semester before are taken in that field. Guitar Prerequisite Bachelor of Music or its qualifying examinations, unless waiver is Other Degree Requirements Proficiency in Master of Music in Performance demonstrated equivalent. received from department chair. reading music in original notation from the Prerequisite Major candidate’s period of specialization, as Bachelor of Music or its H900 Harp Graduate Major (16 cr.), demonstrated by a departmental examination. demonstrated equivalent. I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F549 Harp Ensemble (1-1 cr.) Note: F550 may be Instrumental Conducting One foreign language approved by the Major L900 Guitar Graduate Major (16 cr.), substituted for F549 only with permission of Master of Music in Instrumental department chairperson and the director of I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F550 Graduate the department chair. Students with equivalent graduate studies. Proficiency determined by Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.). Courses in experience, as determined by the harp faculty, Conducting the Graduate Foreign Language Exam (GSFLE) pedagogy and literature may be recommended may substitute harp pedagogy or conducting Prerequisite Bachelor of Music degree or its or equivalent. for students wishing to emphasize preparation for the 2 credit hours of F549. Courses in demonstrated equivalent. In addition, harpsichord majors must for teaching rather than music performance; at pedagogy and literature may be recommended Entrance Examination Audition with demonstrate proficiency in continuo least 6 credit hours of music performance for students wishing to emphasize preparation orchestra. Personal interview covering all performance through a departmental instruction are required for all majors. for teaching rather than music performance; at aspects of conducting, instrumentation, examination. Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected least 6 credit hours of music performance orchestral literature, sight singing, score from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 instruction are required for all majors. Ensemble X060 Each Semester reading, and piano proficiency (if applicable). cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), M528 Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected Doctor of Music in Early Music, Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Major G571 Advanced Instrumental Instrumental Emphasis, Vocal Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), Conducting (3-3-3-3 cr.), G603 Instrumental Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 Conducting Performance (1 cr.), K451 Emphasis, or Operation of Early Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 Music Programs Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Advanced Orchestration I (2 cr.) or K452 Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Advanced Orchestration II (2 cr.), M571 Prerequisite Master’s degree with the same Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 Seminar in Symphonic Literature (3-3-3 cr.). selected from the list above and 3 credit hours major or its demonstrated equivalent. Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title Admission Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Admission is conditional upon (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature selected from the list above and 3 credit hours (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), passing an audition, during the second (3 cr.). semester of residence, that demonstrates selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 graduate music performance potential. For Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance vocal emphasis, see language proficiency within or outside the School of Music, with (3 cr.). Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque requirements under M.M. Early Music. approval of the appropriate department Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 chairperson and the director of graduate within or outside the School of Music, with Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Major Y9— (12 cr.), Y7— (1-1 cr.), Y701 studies. The cognate field may not be in approval of the appropriate department Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours Doctoral Recital in Early Music (1-1 cr.), another music performance area. The student chairperson and the director of graduate selected from the list above and 3 credit hours (Instrumental and Vocal Emphasis only) G634 must meet the qualifications of a minor for the studies. The cognate field may not be in selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title Operation of Early Music Programs (3 cr.), cognate field; only courses fulfilling another music performance area. The student (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature M697 Advanced Seminar Materials of Early requirements for a minor are acceptable. The must meet the qualifications of a minor for the (3 cr.). Music (3 cr.), (Operation of Early Music cognate field may become a minor if at least cognate field; only courses fulfilling Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field Programs only) M620 Doctoral Document/ 12 credit hours are taken in that field. requirements for a minor are acceptable. The within or outside the School of Music, with Essay (6 cr.); M558 Topics in Early Music Ensemble Each semester. cognate field may become a minor if at least approval of the appropriate department (1-1-1 cr.); F550 Graduate Chamber Music 12 credit hours are taken in that field. chairperson and the director of graduate Coaching (1-1-1 cr.), approved electives (6 cr.). Doctor of Music in Music Literature Ensemble X040 each semester. studies. The student must meet the Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under and Performance qualifications of a minor for the cognate field; “General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.” Prerequisite Master’s degree with the same Doctor of Music in Music Literature only courses fulfilling requirements for a Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to Music major or its demonstrated equivalent. and Performance minor are acceptable. The cognate field may Bibliography (2 cr.). Two foreign languages Prerequisite Master’s degree with the same become a minor if at least 12 credit hours are with the approval of the early music Major L900 Guitar Graduate Major (16 cr.), major or its demonstrated equivalent. taken in that field. department and the director of graduate F551 Practicum in Transcription for the Guitar Ensemble Each semester. studies. Proficiency determined by the (2 cr.), graduate music education course as Major H900 Harp Graduate Major (16 cr.), Graduate Foreign Language Exam (GSFLE) or approved by chair of the student’s advisory H601 Doctoral Harp Recital I (1 cr.), H602 equivalent. committee (E516 recommended) (3 cr.), M627- Doctoral Harp Recital II (Lecture) (1 cr.), H603 Doctoral Harp Recital III (Concerto) (2 cr.), Ensemble X060 Each Semester M628 Individual Study of Literature of Guitar I-II (3-3 cr.), L661 Guitar Recital (1-1-1 cr.), I821 H604 Doctoral Harp Recital IV (Chamber) 42 School of Music School of Music 43

Doctor of Music in Instrumental studies. The cognate field may be in a music 4. Instrumental Methods: E527 Advanced from Education M343 Methods and Materials Conducting performance field. The student must meet the Instrumental Methods (3 cr.), E551 Seminar for Teaching Choral Music (2 cr.), Education qualifications of a minor for the cognate field; in Instrumental Teaching (2 cr.), E568 M434 Administration of School Bands (2 cr.), Prerequisite Master’s degree with the same only courses fulfilling requirements for a Administration of Instrumental Groups or Education M436 Administration of School major or its demonstrated equivalent. minor are acceptable. The cognate field may (3 cr.) or E570 Pedagogy of Jazz (3 cr.), Orchestras (2 cr.). Admission Audition with orchestra. become a minor if at least 12 credit hours are electives in music education, conducting, Applicants are examined in conducting, opera taken in that field. or techniques (1 cr.). (In this program the Professional Education and symphonic literature, score reading, piano Ensemble X040 University Instrumental cognate field must be instrumental 23 credit hours. One course selected from (if applicable) and sight singing proficiency, Ensembles (2 cr.) each semester. conducting.) Education H520 Education and Social Issues and orchestration. In the event the student is 5. Kodály: E571-E573 Kodály Concept I-III (3 cr.), Education H530 Philosophy of deficient in certain areas, courses may be (3-3-3 cr.). Education (3 cr.), or Education H504 History of prescribed in addition to the course Music Education 6. Orff: E574-E576 Orff Program Education (3 cr.); one course selected from requirements. Development I-III (3-3-3 cr.). Education P510 Psychology in Teaching (3 cr.), Master of Music Education 7. Individualized Studies: electives in music Education P515 Child Development (3 cr.), or Major G671 Advanced Instrumental The student may choose to complete this education, conducting, or techniques (9 cr.), Education P516 Adolescent Development Conducting (12 cr.), G801 Instrumental degree with emphasis in one of the following as determined with the student’s advisor. (3 cr.); Education M580 Internship in Music Conducting Performance (3 cr.), M565 Master’s areas: band conducting and literature, choral Thesis E600 Thesis in Music Education (3 cr.) (10 cr.); Education M464 Methods of Teaching Seminar in Choral Literature (3 cr.), M671 methods, general music, instrumental or E534 Practicum in Music Education (3 cr.). Reading (3 cr.) or Education L517 Advanced Seminar in Symphonic Literature (12 cr.), methods, Kodály, Orff, or individualized For guidelines and procedures relative to E600 Study of Teaching Reading at the Junior High M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.), studies. and E534, see the coordinator of graduate and Secondary Level (3 cr.); Education M300 electives (2 cr.). studies in music education. Teaching in a Pluralistic Society (3 cr.) or Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under Prerequisite Undergraduate degree in music Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected Education H540 Sociology of Education (3 cr.); “General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.” or music education. from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Education M471 Undergraduate Seminar in Music Education (1 cr.). Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music Admission (1) Interview; (2) music (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), Bibliography (2 cr.). education entrance examination; (3) approval M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected of the music education faculty. Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Requirements Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), Jazz Studies Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 Major 23 credit hours. Master of Music in Jazz Studies Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Professional Understanding 11 credit hours. Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Prerequisite Bachelor of Music or its E516 Instructional Programs and Learning in selected from the list above and 3 credit hours Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 demonstrated equivalent. Music (3 cr.), E518 Foundations of Music selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Admission Audition. Proficiency equivalent Education (3 cr.), E520 Seminar in Music (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours to the bachelor’s degree at Indiana University. Education for Master’s Degree Students (2 cr.), (3 cr.). selected from the list above and 3 credit hours E535 Measurement, Evaluation, and Guidance Cognate Field 6 credit hours in an approved selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title Major E570 Pedagogy of Jazz (3 cr.), F550 in Music (3 cr.). cognate field within or outside the School of (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.), Professional Techniques 9 credit hours. One of (3 cr.). K512 Jazz Composition (3 cr.), M582 The Bebop Music. The student must meet the the following sequences depending on the qualifications of a minor for the cognate field; Music Techniques Credit hours needed to Era (3 cr.), M583 Duke Ellington (3 cr.) or M584 student’s area of emphasis. A conducting meet the requirements of the area in which the Research in the History and Analysis of Jazz (3 only courses fulfilling requirements for a audition is required for band, choral, and minor are acceptable. The cognate field may student expects to be certified (choral/general, cr.), M585 Seminar in the Literature of the Large instrumental emphasis. instrumental, or teaching area). Jazz Ensemble (3 cr.), M586 Chamber Jazz: become a minor if at least 12 credit hours are 1. Band Conducting and Literature: G566- Literature and Performance (3 cr.), I711 Master’s taken in that field. General Education Courses Credit hours G567 Interpretation and Conducting of Recital (0 cr.) or M599 Thesis in Jazz (3 cr.). Ensemble Each semester. needed to meet the certification requirements Band Literature I-II (3-3 cr.) and one of the Students electing M599 Thesis in Jazz should of the state in which the student expects to following: E568 Administration of obtain guidelines for format and style from the Master of Arts for Teachers (through teach. Credit hours vary widely depending Instrumental Groups (3 cr.), E527 music graduate office. University Graduate School) upon the number of courses of this kind in the Advanced Instrumental Methods (3 cr.), student’s undergraduate program. These are A curriculum leading toward a master’s Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected E533 Research in Music Education (3 cr.), normally undergraduate courses and do not degree and certification in public school music. from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr.), or E560 Historical Development of Wind count toward the M.A.T. degree total of 39 M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), M528 Groups and Literature (3 cr.). credit hours. Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 Prerequisites (1) Bachelor’s degree with a 2. Choral Methodology: E528 Advanced major in music, (2) approval of the music Ensemble Each semester, including one Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Choral Methods (3 cr.), E521 The Children’s Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Period education faculty, and (3) admission to the semester of marching band for all wind and Chorus (2 cr.), electives in music education Graduate Division of the School of Music and percussion players who have not had previous (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 or vocal pedagogy (4 cr.). (In this emphasis Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- to the University Graduate School. undergraduate college marching band the cognate field must be choral experience. Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours selected conducting.) Major 33 credit hours selected from ‘‘Music from the list above and 3 credit hours selected 3. General Music: E524 Experimental Education’’ and ‘‘Professional Education’’ as Specialist Degree in Music from M502 Composers: Variable Title (3 cr.) or Teaching in Elementary School Music indicated below: Education M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.). (3 cr.), E526 Exploratory Approaches to Prerequisite The applicant must have a Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field Music in Junior and Senior High School Music Education master’s degree in music or music education within or outside the School of Music, with (3 cr.), electives in music education 10 credit hours. E518 Foundations of Music and at least three years of teaching experience. approval of the appropriate department techniques (3 cr.). Education (3 cr.), E545 Guided Professional chairperson and the director of graduate Experiences (5 cr.), and one course selected 44 School of Music School of Music 45

Admission (1) Interview, (2) Music supervision and administration. The area of Students may choose to complete a second Dissertation E700 Dissertation in Music Education Entrance Essay, (3) approval of the emphasis must be different from that of the formal minor or, with approval of their Education (12 cr.). music education faculty, and (4) admission to master’s degree. advisory committee and the director of the Graduate Division of the School of Music. graduate studies, use the remaining 12 credit Prerequisite Candidates must have a hours as free, graduate-level electives inside or Music Theory Major 30 credit hours. scholarly and/or teaching background outside the field of music. appropriate to the area of emphasis they wish Music theory at Indiana University Music Education Core 6 credit hours to pursue. Tool Subject E531-E532 Research Methods in emphasizes musicianship and scholarly study selected from E516 Instructional Programs and Music I-II (3-3 cr.) with a grade of C or better with particular emphasis on the history of Learning in Music (3 cr.), E517 Sociology of Admission (1) Interview; (2) music or evidence of proficiency demonstrated by musical thought, analysis of musical structure, Music (3 cr.), E518 Foundations of Music education entrance essay; (3) GRE General examination. and pedagogy. Education (3 cr.), E519 Psychology of Music Examination; (4) approval of the music Dissertation E700 Dissertation in Music (3 cr.), E530 Learning Processes in Music education faculty. Education (12 cr.). Master of Music in Theory (3 cr.), E531-E532 Research Methods in Music Major 25 credit hours. Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree with a major I-II (3-3 cr.), E616 Curriculum in Music Doctor of Philosophy in Music in music. Education (3 cr.), E618 History and Philosophy Core Requirement 13 credit hours. E530 Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.), E616 Education (through University Admission The applicant must submit at the of Music Education (3 cr.), E635 College Music Graduate School) Teaching (3 cr.), E660 Philosophical Research Curriculum in Music Education (3 cr.), E618 time of application three letters of in Music Education (2 cr.), E661 Historical History and Philosophy of Music (3 cr.), E658- The Doctor of Philosophy in Music Education recommendation and a typed, formal paper of Research in Music Education (2 cr.), or E662 E659 Music Education Doctoral Seminar I-II is designed to prepare the student who intends substantial length on an analytical or Public Lecture in Music Education (1 cr.). (2-2 cr.). to conduct scholarly research in music theoretical subject. The paper is expected to education. demonstrate the applicant’s musical insight Music Education Techniques 6 credit hours Electives 12 credit hours of graduate music and ability to express ideas clearly and selected from E521 The Children’s Chorus education electives selected from the following Prerequisite Candidates must have a correctly. An individual interview is also (3 cr.), E522 Music in Early Childhood (3 cr.), with the approval of the student’s doctoral scholarly or teaching background that required; applicants are expected to be E523 Music in Special Education (3 cr.), E524 advisory committee. A conducting audition is indicates potential for outstanding scholarship proficient in sight singing, aural skills, and Experimental Teaching in Elementary School required for band, choral, and instrumental in the field of music education. keyboard harmony. The applicant’s scores on Music (3 cr.), E525 Supervision of Music in the areas. Admission the GRE General Test and the Subject Test in Public Schools (1-3 cr.), E526 Exploratory 1. Band Conducting and Literature: E560 (1) Interview; (2) music music should be received from the Educational approaches to Music in Junior and Senior High Historical Development of Wind Groups education entrance essay; (3) GRE General Testing Service in Princeton, New Jersey, by School (3 cr.), E527 Advanced Instrumental and Literature (3 cr.), E568 Administration Examination; (4) approval of the music shortly after January 15, the application Methods (3 cr.), E528 Advanced Choral of Instrumental Groups (3 cr.), G566-G567 education faculty; (5) admission to the deadline. Methods (3 cr.), E533 Research in Music Interpretation and Conducting of Band Graduate Division of the School of Music; (6) Education (1-3 cr.), E545 Guided Professional Literature I-II (3-3 cr.). admission to the University Graduate School. Major 20 credit hours. T550 Readings in Experiences (1-3 cr.), E551 Seminar in 2. Choral Methodology: E519 Psychology of Major 22 credit hours. E519 Psychology of Music Theory (3 cr.), T551 Introduction to Instrumental Teaching (3 cr.), E560 Historical Music (3 cr.), E528 Advanced Choral Music (3 cr.), E530 Learning Processes in Music Analytical Techniques (3 cr.), T555 Development of Wind Groups and Literature Methods (3 cr.), E635 College Music (3 cr.), E616 Curriculum in Music Education Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.), T556 Analysis of (3 cr.), E568 Administration of Instrumental Teaching (3 cr.); electives in music (3 cr.), E618 History and Philosophy of Music Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.), T531 Groups (3 cr.), E571-E572-E573 Kodály education or vocal pedagogy (3 cr.), one (3 cr.), E635 College Music Teaching (3 cr.), Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (3 cr.), T557 Concept I-II-III (3-3-3 cr.), E574-E575-E576 Orff minor area in choral conducting is E660 Philosophical Research in Music Studies in the Theory of Music (2 cr.), T558 Program Development (3-3-3 cr.), G560 required. Education (2 cr.) or E661 Historical Research in Master’s Degree Review (0 cr.), T591 Teaching Graduate Choral Conducting (3 cr.), or G566- 3. College Music Teaching: E519 Psychology Music Education (2 cr.), E662 Public Lecture in of Music Theory I (3 cr.). If a student G567 Interpretation and Conducting of Band of Music (3 cr.), E635 College Music Music Education (1 cr.), E658-E659 Music demonstrates proficiency in any of these areas, Literature I-II (3-3 cr.). Teaching (3 cr.); 6 credit hours from other Education Doctoral Seminar I-II (2-2 cr.). other graduate-level music theory courses may music education courses. Other Music Courses 18 credit hours Minor 12 credit hours within or outside the be substituted upon approval of the 4. Instrumental Methodology: E527 selected from either of the above areas or, with field of music in any subject for which the Department of Music Theory. Advanced Instrumental Methods (3 cr.), the permission of the chair of the Music candidate has the necessary background for Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected E551 Seminar in Instrumental Teaching Education Department and the director of advanced course work. from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature graduate studies, other courses in the School of (2 cr.), E568 Administration of Instrumental (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), Groups (3 cr.), E570 Pedagogy of Jazz Students may choose to complete a second Music for which the student has the necessary formal minor or, with approval of their M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 background. (3 cr.), and either E533 Research in Music Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Education (1 cr.) or E545 Guided advisory committee and the director of Although no auditions or entrance Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Professional Experiences (1 cr.). graduate studies, use the remaining 12 credit examinations in music history and theory are Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 5. Supervision and Administration: E525 hours as free, graduate-level electives inside or required for admission to the specialist Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Supervision of Music in the Public Schools outside the field of music. diploma, enrollment in certain graduate music Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours (3 cr.), either E545 Guided Professional Tool Subject E531-E532 Research Methods in courses does require an audition or entrance selected from the list above and 3 credit hours Experiences (3 cr.) or E625 Administration Music I-II (3-3 cr.) with a grade of C or better examination. selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title of Music in Higher Education (3 cr.), and or evidence of proficiency as demonstrated by Students who have received the Specialist in (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature 6 credit hours from other music education examination. In addition, proficiency must be (3 cr.). Music Education degree may not subsequently courses. demonstrated in two foreign languages or one count those credit hours toward a doctorate. foreign language and one research skill such as Cognate Field 6 credit hours in an approved Minor 12 credit hours within or outside the cognate field within or outside the School of field of music in any subject for which the statistics or computer science, approved by the Doctor of Music Education Department of Music Education and the Music. The student must meet the candidate has the necessary background for qualifications of a minor for the cognate field; Students working toward this degree may advanced course work. director of graduate studies of the School of emphasize band conducting and literature, Music. only courses fulfilling requirements for a choral methodology, college music teaching, or minor are acceptable. The cognate field may 46 School of Music School of Music 47 become a minor if at least 12 credit hours are sufficient background for advanced course The second minor may be inside or outside of Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected taken in that field. work. the School of Music. For the second minor, the from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music student may also select a coherent (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), Bibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or above Bibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or above individualized curriculum, approved by the M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 or evidence of proficiency demonstrated by or evidence of proficiency demonstrated by advisory committee and the director of Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance examination. examination. graduate studies. Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 Ensemble Each semester. Ensemble Each semester. Dissertation 12 credit hours. T700 Dissertation in Music Theory (12 cr.). The Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Master of Arts in Theory (through Doctor of Philosophy in Theory dissertation topic must be approved by the Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours University Graduate School) (through University Graduate theory faculty before the oral qualifying exams selected from the list above and 3 credit hours are taken. selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree with a major School) (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to Music in music. Prerequisite Master’s degree in music theory (3 cr.). Bibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or above or musicology or demonstrated equivalent. Admission The applicant must submit at the and proficiency in two languages or one Cognate 6 credit hours in a field inside or Ph.D. candidates are required to demonstrate time of application three letters of language and a research skill, as approved by outside music in which the student has the competency in all areas required of the M.M. recommendation and a typed, formal paper of the Department of Music Theory and the background to do graduate-level course work. music theory major at Indiana University. substantial length on an analytical or director of graduate studies. Tool Subjects Reading knowledge of theoretical subject. The paper is expected to Admission Admission to the Graduate German, as demonstrated by musicology demonstrate the applicant’s musical insight Division of the School of Music and admission department examination. Incoming M.A. and ability to express ideas clearly and to the University Graduate School required. In Musicology students are required to complete their correctly. An individual interview is also addition to three letters of recommendation, The Ph.D. is assumed to be the goal of graduate language requirements within one calendar required; applicants are expected to be the applicant must submit at the time of study in musicology at Indiana University, but year of matriculation. If a student fails to fulfill proficient in sight singing, aural skills, and application a master’s thesis in music theory or the curriculum has been designed to allow for the language requirement by the appropriate keyboard harmony. The applicant’s scores on musicology or an extensive, formal research the completion of the M.A. independently of deadline, the student is placed on the GRE General Test and the Subject Test in paper of comparable scope. An individual the Ph.D. Students admitted to graduate study departmental probation for one semester. If music must be received from the Educational interview is also required; applicants are with a bachelor’s degree must fulfill all the the student then fails to fulfill the requirement Testing Service in Princeton, New Jersey, by expected to be proficient in sight singing, aural requirements for the M.A. (although they are by the beginning of the following semester, the shortly after January 15, the application skills, and keyboard harmony. The applicant’s not required to make application for the actual student is dismissed from the musicology deadline. scores on the GRE General Test and the Subject degree) and to pass the M.A. Examination in program and any financial aid is terminated. Upon successful completion of the entrance Test in music should be received from the Musicology before applying for admission to Ensemble Each semester. examinations and 15 credit hours of course Educational Testing Service in Princeton, New the Ph.D. curriculum. Master of Arts Examination Students take work in the School of Music, the student Jersey, by shortly after January 15, the the Master of Arts examination in musicology should apply for admission to the University application deadline. Master of Arts in Musicology during the term in which they complete their Graduate School. Major 15 credit hours. T623-T624 The (through University Graduate course work for the degree. Major 20 credit hours. T550 Readings in History of Music Theory I-II (3-3 cr.), T655 School) A student may be denied admission to the Music Theory (3 cr.), T551 Introduction to Seminar in Music Theory: Tonal Music (3 cr.), Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree (B.M. or B.A.) Ph.D. curriculum in musicology at Indiana Analytical Techniques (3 cr.), T555 T656 Seminar in Music Theory: Atonal Music with a major in music, or demonstrated University on the basis of performance on the Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.), T556 Analysis of (3 cr.), T658 Seminar in Music Theory: Variable equivalent. Master of Arts examination. Topics (3 cr.). Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.), T531 Admission Applications for the M.A. in Public Lecture T659 Public Lecture (0 cr.). Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (3 cr.), T557 musicology must include a formal research The public lecture must be completed before Doctor of Philosophy in Musicology Studies in the Theory of Music (2 cr.), T558 paper on a historical or theoretical subject in taking the oral qualifying examinations. Master’s Degree Review (0 cr.), T591 Teaching music. The applicant’s scores on the GRE (through University Graduate of Music Theory I (3 cr.). If a student The following two requirements, Track General Test and the Subject Test in music School) demonstrates proficiency in any of these areas, Concentration and Minor Fields, must have a total must be received from the Educational Testing Prerequisite Applicants for the Ph.D. in other graduate-level music theory courses may of 33 credit hours. Service in Princeton, New Jersey, by shortly musicology must have received a M.A. or be substituted upon approval of the Track Concentration 9 credit hours. Each after January 15, the application deadline. M.M. degree from an accredited institution or Department of Music Theory. music theory Ph.D. student must elect a track must demonstrate equivalent accomplishment. Major Minor 12 credit hours. 6 credit hours selected concentration from among the following 18 credit hours. M539 Introduction to Previous course work may be offered in partial from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature possibilities or from other areas determined by Music Bibliography (2 cr.); M551 Introduction fulfillment of major or minor field (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), the advisory committee: to Historical Musicology (3 cr.); 9 credit hours requirements, subject to evaluation and selected from M598 Colloquium in Musicology, M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 1. history of music theory; acceptance. Ph.D. candidates are required to Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance M691 Seminar in Medieval Music, M692 demonstrate competency in all areas required 2. the structure of music; or Seminar in Renaissance Music, M693 Seminar Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque 3. the pedagogy of music theory. of the M.A. in musicology major at Indiana Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 in Baroque Music, M694 Seminar in Classical University. Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Courses outside the music theory department Music, M695 Seminar in Romantic Music, M696 Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours may be taken to satisfy the concentration with Seminar in Twentieth-Century Music, M698 Admission Admission to the Graduate selected from the list above and 3 credit hours approval of the director of graduate studies. Individual Seminar in Musicology; 6 credit Division of the School of Music and admission selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title Minor Fields 24 credit hours. Student must hours of electives selected from appropriate to the University Graduate School are (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature elect two minor fields, each usually for 12 courses and/or seminars in musicology or required. Applicants for the Ph.D. in (3 cr.), and two 3 credit hour courses in a field credit hours. The first minor must be either music theory approved by the student’s musicology must have fulfilled requirements outside music in which the student has music history and literature or musicology. academic advisor. comparable to those for the M.A. in 48 School of Music School of Music 49 musicology from Indiana University. A formal 6 credit hours of electives from appropriate Major Field Admission to the curriculum is (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature research paper must be submitted with the courses and/or seminars in musicology or determined on the basis of an audition. During (3 cr.). application (e.g., a graduate seminar paper or music theory approved by the student’s the 30-minute audition, the student should be Cognate Field 6 credit hours in choral a master’s thesis in musicology or music doctoral advisory committee; M700 prepared to demonstrate abilities in at least conducting (G560 Graduate Choral theory). The applicant’s scores on the Dissertation in Musicology (15-36 cr.). three different style periods. Conducting and another course selected in Graduate Record Examination General Test Minor(s) Sufficient credit hours to satisfy the Major 35 credit hours. Q900 Organ Graduate consultation with the choral conducting and the Subject Test in music must be received course requirements for a Ph.D. minor, as department chairperson). Students wishing to from the Educational Testing Service in Major (16 cr.), Q601 Doctoral Organ Recital determined by the department in which the (1-1-1-1 cr.), 9 credit hours from M675-M676- have a cognate in another area are required to Princeton, New Jersey, by January 15, the minor is taken. All such minors must be take G560 as a part of the Major II application deadline. M677-M678 Seminar in Organ Literature recognized or accepted by the University (3-3-3-3 cr.) or E589 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.). requirements. The cognate field may not be in Major Field Examination The Major Field Graduate School. A Ph.D. minor typically M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.). another music performance area. The student Examination in Musicology must be taken requires 12 credit hours of course work, and Number and length of documents vary with must meet the qualifications of a minor for the during the first period of enrollment. One part departments may also require a written topic and extent of study. Candidate’s cognate field; only courses fulfilling of the Major Field Examination verifies the and/or oral examination in the minor field. committee passes on each document as to requirements for a minor are acceptable. The student’s reading comprehension of German; Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to Music credit earned. A lecture/recital of at least 1.25 cognate field may become a minor if at least a series of questions about an excerpt from a Bibliography (2 cr.) and two languages hours in length may be used in lieu of a 2 12 credit hours are taken in that field. piece of current musical scholarship must be approved by the student’s doctoral advisory credit hour document at the discretion of the Ensemble Each semester. answered (a German–English dictionary may committee. candidate’s committee. Certificate in Organ and Church be used). A newly admitted Ph.D. student who Minors See ‘‘Doctoral Minors’’ under does not pass the German comprehension ‘‘General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.’’ Music section of the major field examination is Organ Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music The Certificate in Organ and Church Music is a reclassified as an M.A. student and, after Master of Music in Performance Bibliography (2 cr.). program for organists and church musicians. passing the German Language Examination, must petition the faculty for readmission to the Prerequisite Bachelor of Music or its Admission Admission to the program is by Ph.D. curriculum. No more than 9 credit hours demonstrated equivalent. tape or in-person audition. A Bachelor of Organ and Church Music Music degree in organ and/or church music, beyond the M.A. degree requirements taken Major 18 credit hours. Q900 Organ Graduate before passing the major field examination Master of Music in Organ and or its demonstrated equivalent, is a Major (12 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), prerequisite. may be applied toward the Ph.D. in 6 credit hours from M675-M676-M677-M678 Church Music, Double Major musicology. Seminar in Organ Literature (3-3-3-3 cr.) or Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree in organ or its Major 18 credit hours. Organ Q800 Progress toward Degree A reading E589 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.). Q900 (3 cr.) may demonstrated equivalent. (3 cr. each term of enrollment), four courses knowledge of one of the following languages be substituted for one of the literature selected from E521 The Children’s Chorus Major I (Organ) 17 credit hours. Q900 Organ is required for admission to the Ph.D. seminars at the discretion of the departmental (3 cr.), C502 Hymnody (3 cr.), C524 Organ Graduate Major (12 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital curriculum: French, German, Italian, Latin, or chairperson. Improvisation (2 cr.), C533 Sacred Choral (0 cr.), C524 Organ Improvisation (2 cr.), Russian. Incoming Ph.D. students are required Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected Literature I, Small Forms (2 cr.), C534 Sacred 3 credit hours from M675-M676-M677-M678 to complete their language requirements in from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Choral Literature II Large Forms (2 cr.), or Seminar in Organ Literature (3-3-3-3 cr.), or one language within one calendar year of (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), other courses in church music, composition, E589 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.). matriculation and to complete the M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 conducting, music literature, music theory, requirements in a second language within two Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Major II (Church Music) 16 credit hours. music education, or other areas, as approved calendar years of matriculation. For Ph.D. Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque E521 The Children’s Chorus (2 cr.), C502 by the faculty of the organ department and the students who have two or three remedial Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 Hymnody (3 cr.), C523 Church Music director of graduate studies. courses in music theory or music history, both Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Practicum (2 cr.), C533-C534 Sacred Choral Ensemble Major ensemble each semester. deadlines are extended by one semester; for Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours Literature I, Small Forms, II Large Forms Final Exercises C620 Certificate Final Project, Ph.D. students who have four or five remedial selected from the list above and 3 credit hours (2-2 cr.), C535 Introduction to Liturgy and the to be approved and evaluated by the organ courses, both deadlines are extended by one selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title Arts (2 cr.). 3 credit hours from E536 Special faculty. calendar year. If a student fails to fulfill either (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature Workshop in Music Education (2 cr.), E561 of the two language requirements by the (3 cr.). Choral Methods and Materials (3 cr.), F461- Doctor of Music in Organ and appropriate deadline, the student is placed on Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field F462 Score Reading I-II (1-1 cr.), E312 Church Music departmental probation for one semester. If within or outside the School of Music, with Arranging for Instrumental and Vocal Groups Prerequisite Master’s degree in organ and the student then fails to fulfill the requirement approval of the appropriate department (2 cr.), U361 English Diction for Singers (1 cr.), church music or its equivalent. by the beginning of the following semester, the chairperson and the director of graduate M558 Topics in Early Music (1 cr.), Y700 student is dismissed from the musicology studies. The student must meet the Carillon (2 cr.), Y710 Harpsichord (2 cr.). Major Field Admission to the curriculum is program and any financial aid is terminated. qualifications of a minor for the cognate field; Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected determined on the basis of an audition. During the 30-minute audition, the student should be Major 36 credit hours minimum. M661-M662 only courses fulfilling requirements for a from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature minor are acceptable. The cognate field may (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), prepared to demonstrate abilities in at least Notation of Polyphonic Music I-II (3-3 cr.); 9 three different style periods. credit hours from M598 Colloquium in become a minor if at least 12 credit hours are M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 Musicology, M691 Seminar in Medieval Music, taken in that field. Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Major 36 credit hours. Q900 Organ Graduate M692 Seminar in Renaissance Music, M693 Ensemble Each semester. Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Major (12 cr.), Q601 Doctoral Organ Recital Seminar in Baroque Music, M694 Seminar in Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 (1-1-1 cr.), Q608 Doctoral Organ Recital (1 cr.), Classical Music, M695 Seminar in Romantic Doctor of Music in Music Literature Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- E521 The Children’s Chorus (2 cr.), C502 Music, M696 Seminar in Twentieth-Century and Performance Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours Hymnody (3 cr.), C523 Church Music Music, M698 Individual Seminar in Prerequisite Master’s degree with the same selected from the list above and 3 credit hours Practicum (2 cr.), C524 Organ Improvisation Musicology; major or its demonstrated equivalent. selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title (2 cr.), C533-C534 Sacred Choral Literature I, 50 School of Music School of Music 51

Small Forms, II Large Forms (2-2 cr.), E594 performed during the first period of Doctor of Music in Music Literature Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.), Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.), M620 Doctoral registration, and an examination (written or and Performance and M665 Survey of Violin Literature I (2 cr.) Document/Essay (2 cr.), 3 credit hours from oral) on the literature, techniques, and or M666 Survey of Violin Literature II (2 cr.). Prerequisite A master’s degree with the M675-M676-M677-M678 Seminar in Organ pedagogy of percussion. Violoncello 18 credit hours. S930 Violoncello Literature (3-3-3-3 cr.), or E589 Organ same major or its demonstrated equivalent. Major Graduate Major (14 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital Pedagogy (3 cr.). Students wishing to 34 credit hours. D900 Percussion Graduate Major (16 cr.), D601-D602-D603- Major Field Admission to the curriculum is (0 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber Music incorporate harpsichord into the major should determined on the basis of a full-length recital, Coaching (1-1 cr.), and M667 Survey of confer with the organ department. D604 Percussion Recital I-II-III-IV (1-1-2-2 cr.), M637 Seminar in Percussion History (3 cr.), which may or may not be heard in its entirety, Violoncello Literature I (2 cr.) or M668 Survey Minors See ‘‘Doctoral Minors’’ under M638 Percussion Ensemble Literature (3 cr.), performed not later than the second period of of Violoncello Literature II (2 cr.). ‘‘General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.’’ F603-F604 Seminar in Percussion Performance enrollment, and an examination (written or Double Bass 18 credit hours. S940 Double Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music I-II (2-2 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/Essay oral) on the literature, techniques, and Bass Graduate Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Bibliography (2 cr.). (2 cr.). pedagogy of the piano. Applicants are Recital (0 cr.), F419 Special Topics (1-1 cr.). assigned a composition to be learned Courses in pedagogy and literature may be Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under (memorization not required) and performed recommended for students wishing to “General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.” for the admissions committee after 48 hours of Percussion emphasize preparation for teaching rather Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music study. Applicants must show evidence of than music performance; at least 6 credit hours Master of Music in Performance Bibliography (2 cr.). sufficient performing experience and learning of music performance instruction are required Prerequisite Bachelor of Music or its Ensemble Participation in a major ensemble ability to satisfy the committee that they are for all majors. demonstrated equivalent. (X040 University Instrumental Ensembles) for able to fulfill requirements for the degree. two semesters is required; assignment is made Applicants must also submit a complete Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected Major 18 credit hours. D900 Percussion by the percussion faculty. repertoire of works performed and/or studied from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Graduate Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital to the admissions committee at the time of the (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), (0 cr.), X490 (1-1 cr.) or F550 (1-1 cr.). Courses audition. M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 in pedagogy and literature may be Piano Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance recommended for students wishing to Major 37 credit hours. P900 Piano Graduate Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque emphasize preparation for teaching rather Master of Music in Performance Major (16 cr.), P601-P602-P603 Doctoral Piano Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 than music performance; at least 6 credit hours Prerequisite Bachelor of Music or its Recital (1-1-1 cr.), P604 Final Doctoral Recital Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- of music performance instruction are required demonstrated equivalent. (1 cr.), P605-P606 Doctoral Concerto I-II Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours for all majors. (1-1 cr.), I821 Doctoral Chamber Music Recital selected from the list above and 3 credit hours Major Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected 21 credit hours. P900 Piano Graduate (1-1 cr.), M645-M646-M647-M648 Seminar in selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Major (12 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F500 Piano Literature I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.), M620 (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), Accompanying Recital (1 cr.), M543 Keyboard Doctoral Document/Essay (1 cr.). One of the (3 cr.). Literature from 1700 to 1850 (3 cr.), M544 M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 public performances (P601-P602-P603 Doctoral Cognate Field Piano Literature from 1850 to the Present 6 credit hours in one field Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Piano Recital) is a lecture/recital (at least 40 within or outside the School of Music, with Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque (3 cr.), E493 Piano Pedagogy (2 cr.). E493 Piano minutes of music required). Selections are Pedagogy is required only for those students approval of the appropriate department Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 determined by the student in consultation with chairperson and the director of graduate Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- who have not had a course in piano pedagogy the advisory committee. The final recital is or equivalent teaching experience. studies. The cognate field may not be in Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours played after the qualifying examination has another music performance area. The student selected from the list above and 3 credit hours Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected been passed. must meet the qualifications of a minor for the selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under cognate field; only courses fulfilling (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), “General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.” requirements for a minor are acceptable. The (3 cr.). M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music cognate field may become a minor if at least Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Bibliography (2 cr.) 12 credit hours are taken in that field. Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque within or outside the School of Music, with Ensemble Each semester. approval of the appropriate department Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 chairperson and the director of graduate Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Strings Doctor of Music in Music Literature Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours studies. The cognate field may not be in Master of Music in Performance and Performance another music performance area. The student selected from the list above and 3 credit hours selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title Prerequisite Bachelor of Music or its Prerequisite Master’s degree with the same must meet the qualifications of a minor for the major or its demonstrated equivalent. cognate field; only courses fulfilling (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature demonstrated equivalent. (3 cr.). requirements for a minor are acceptable. The Major Major Field Admission to the curriculum is cognate field may become a minor if at least Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field determined on the basis of a full-length recital Violin 18 credit hours. S910 Violin Graduate 12 credit hours are taken in that field. within or outside the School of Music, with comparable to an M.M. recital, which is Major (14 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F550 Ensemble Each semester. approval of the appropriate department performed during the fall or spring semester chairperson and the director of graduate Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.), during the first period of enrollment, and an studies. The cognate field may not be in and M665 Survey of Violin Literature I (2 cr.) examination (written or oral) on the literature, Doctor of Music in Music Literature or M666 Survey of Violin Literature II (2 cr.). and Performance another music performance area. The cognate techniques, and pedagogy of the major field may become a minor if at least 12 credit Viola 18 credit hours. S920 Viola Graduate instrument. Prerequisite Master’s degree with the same hours are taken in that field. The student must Major (14 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F550 major or its demonstrated equivalent. meet the qualifications of a minor for the Major Field Admission to the curriculum is cognate field; only courses fulfilling determined on the basis of a full-length recital, requirements for a minor are acceptable. which may or may not be heard in its entirety, Ensemble Each semester. 52 School of Music School of Music 53

Major must pass a diction proficiency examination or Twentieth-Century Vocal Literature (3 cr.), Doctor of Music in Wind Violin 38 credit hours. S910 Violin Graduate a diction course in each language. E694 Applied Comparative Voice Pedagogy Conducting (3 cr.), E695 Seminar in Vocal Pedagogy Major (16 cr.), S611-S612 Doctoral Violin Major 21 credit hours. V900 Voice Graduate Research (3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/ Prerequisite Master’s degree with the same Recital I-II (2-2 cr.), S613 Doctoral Violin Major (12 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.), major or its demonstrated equivalent. Concerto (1 cr.), S650 Concertmaster or Section Essay (2 cr.), or M619 Doctoral Voice M531-M532 Song Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E594 Lecture/Recital (2 cr.). Credit may be divided Leader (Doctoral) (1 cr.), I821 Doctoral Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.). The first recital Admission Admission to the program is by Chamber Music Recital (1-1 cr.), M665-M666 between V900 Voice Graduate Major and V910 audition and entrance examination. In the requirement (I711 Master’s Recital) must be a Vocal Coaching with approval of candidate’s Survey of Violin Literature I-II (2-2 cr.), M669- standard voice recital. The second recital may event the student is deficient in certain areas, M670 Seminar in String Quartet Literature I-II advisory committee. One of the three required courses may be prescribed in addition to the be a standard or specialized voice recital, or Voice recitals must be a standard recital. (2-2 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber Music this requirement may be met with opera roles, course requirements. Coaching (1-1-1-1 cr.), M620 Doctoral Operatic roles may be substituted for one of if approved by the voice faculty. Major 36 credit hours. G674 Advanced Wind Document/Essay (2 cr.). the required recitals with the approval of the Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected voice faculty. Conducting (3-3-3 cr.); G802 Wind Conducting Viola 38 credit hours. S920 Viola Graduate Performance (3 cr.); 3 credit hours selected from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under Major (16 cr.), S614 Doctoral Viola Concerto from M571 Seminar in Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), “General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.” (1 cr.), S621-S622 Doctoral Viola Recital M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 (3 cr.), G560 Graduate Choral Conducting (2-2 cr.), S650 Concertmaster or Section Leader Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music (3 cr.), G561 Master’s Choral Conducting I, or (Doctoral) (1 cr.), I821 Doctoral Chamber Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Bibliography (2 cr.). M565 Master’s Seminar in Choral Literature Music Recital (1-1 cr.), M665-M666 Survey of Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 (3 cr.); M679 Seminar in Wind Literature Violin Literature I-II (2-2 cr.), M669-M670 Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- (3-3-3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay Seminar in String Quartet Literature I-II Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours Wind Conducting (3 cr.); electives (9 cr.) approved by the band (2-2 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber Music selected from the list above and 3 credit hours Master of Music in Wind department and the director of graduate Coaching (1-1-1-1 cr.), M620 Doctoral selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title studies. Document/Essay (2 cr.). Conducting (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under Prerequisite Bachelor of Music or its Violoncello 38 credit hours. S930 Violoncello (3 cr.). “General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.” Graduate Major (16 cr.), S631-S632 Violoncello demonstrated equivalent. Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music Recital I-II (2-2 cr.), S633 Violoncello Concerto within or outside the School of Music, with Admission Admission to the program is by Bibliography (2 cr.). (1 cr.), S650 Concertmaster or Section Leader approval of the appropriate department audition and entrance examination. In the (Doctoral) (1 cr.), I821 Doctoral Chamber chairperson and the director of graduate event the student is deficient in certain areas, Music Recital (1-1 cr.), M667-M668 Survey of studies. Voice majors may also elect R571-R572 courses may be prescribed in addition to the Woodwinds Violoncello Literature I-II (2-2 cr.), M669-M670 Opera Workshop I-II. The cognate field may course requirements. Seminar in String Quartet Literature I-II not be in another music performance area. The Master of Music in Performance Major (2-2 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber Music student must meet the qualifications of a 19 credit hours. G574 Advanced Wind Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree in music or its Coaching (1-1-1-1 cr.), M620 Doctoral minor for the cognate field; only courses Conducting (3-3 cr.), G605 Wind Conducting demonstrated equivalent. Document/Essay (2 cr.). fulfilling requirements for a minor are Performance (1 cr.), E560 Historical Major Double Bass 39 credit hours. S940 Double acceptable. The cognate field may become a Development of Wind Groups and Literature Bass Graduate Major (16 cr.), S651-S652 minor if at least 12 credit hours are taken in (3 cr.), M575 Seminar in Wind Literature Flute 18 credit hours. W910 Flute Graduate Doctoral Double Bass Recital (2-2 cr.), S650 that field. (3-3 cr.), elective (3 cr.) approved by band Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.), department and director of graduate studies. F550 Graduate Chamber Music Coaching Concertmaster or Section Leader (Doctoral) Ensemble Each semester. (1-1 cr.), I821 Doctoral Chamber Music Recital Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected (1-1 cr.). Two recitals are required. (1 cr.), E515 Double Bass Pedagogy (1 cr.), F550 Doctor of Music in Music Literature from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Oboe and English Horn 18 credit hours. Graduate Chamber Music Coaching or F419 and Performance (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), W920 Oboe and English Horn Graduate Major Special Topics (1-1-1-1 cr.), M620 Doctoral M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.), F550 Prerequisite Master’s degree in voice or its Document/Essay (2 cr.), approved electives in Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1-1 cr.). demonstrated equivalent. See “Master of literature and/or pedagogy (9 cr.). Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Two recitals are required. Music, Voice” prerequisite for language Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under requirements. Clarinet 18 credit hours. W930 Clarinet “General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.” Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Graduate Major (14 cr.), E559 Instrumental Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music Major Field Admission to the curriculum is Pedagogy (2 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.), selected from the list above and 3 credit hours Bibliography (2 cr.). determined on the basis of a recital, which may F550 Graduate Chamber Music Coaching or may not be heard in its entirety, performed selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title (1-1 cr.). Two recitals are required. during the initial entrance audition or during (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.). Bassoon 18 credit hours. W940 Bassoon Voice the first period of enrollment if the initial Graduate Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital audition is by tape. This recital must consist of Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field (0-0 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber Music Master of Music in Performance two selections in each of the following within or outside the School of Music, with Coaching (1-1 cr.). Two recitals are required. Prerequisite Bachelor of Music or its languages: English, German, French, and approval of the appropriate department Saxophone 18 credit hours. W950 Saxophone demonstrated equivalent. Knowledge of Italian. Not more than two of the eight chairperson and the director of graduate Graduate Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital French, German, and Italian grammar selections can be operatic arias; however, one studies. The student must meet the (0-0 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber Music equivalent to bachelor’s requirement of two aria is required. qualifications of a minor for the cognate field; only courses fulfilling requirements for a Coaching (1-1 cr.). Two recitals are required. semesters in each. Students having less than Major 38 credit hours. V900 Voice Graduate minor are acceptable. The cognate field may Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected two semesters with a grade of C or better in Major (15 cr.), V601-V602-V603 Doctoral Voice each of these languages must pass proficiency become a minor if 12 credit hours are taken in from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Recital (1-1-1 cr.), M685 Vocal Literature Before that field. (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), tests or the prescribed language courses. 1800 (3 cr.), M686-M687 Romantic Song Regardless of previous training, each student Ensemble Each semester. M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 Literature and Oratorio I-II (3-3 cr.), M688 Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance 54 School of Music School of Music 55

Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque College Music Teaching (3 cr.), music elective Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.), music Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 (3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.). selected from the list above and 3 credit hours electives (3 cr.). Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title Saxophone 37 credit hours. W950 Saxophone Major (Five Instrument) Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature Flute (W910) (9 cr.), Graduate Major (16 cr.), W611-W612 Doctoral oboe (W920) (9 cr.), clarinet (W930) (9 cr.), selected from the list above and 3 credit hours Woodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.), W613 (3 cr.). selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title bassoon (W940) (9 cr.), or saxophone (W950) Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M547- Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field (9 cr.); W7-0 secondary instruments 2 credits (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E635 within or outside the School of Music, with each semester until proficiency level is reached (3 cr.). College Music Teaching (3 cr.), music elective approval of the appropriate department on each of the four other instruments; W611- Cognate Field 6 credit hours in one field (3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.). chairperson and the director of graduate W612 Doctoral Woodwind Solo Recital within or outside the School of Music, with Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under studies. The cognate field may not be in (1-1 cr.); W613 Doctoral Chamber Music approval of the appropriate department “General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.” another music performance area. The student Recital (1 cr.); M547-M548 Woodwind chairperson and the director of graduate Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to Music must meet the qualifications of a minor for the Literature I-II (3-3 cr.); M560 Woodwind studies. The cognate field may not be in cognate field; only courses fulfilling Bibliography (2 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber Seminar (2 cr.); M620 Doctoral Document/ another music performance area. The student requirements for a minor are acceptable. The Music Coaching (1 cr.), F650 Practicum in Essay (6 cr.); music electives (3 cr.). must meet the qualifications of a minor for the cognate field may become a minor if at least Chamber Music (1-1 cr.). Each candidate is Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under cognate field; only courses fulfilling 12 credit hours are taken in that field. required to coach a woodwind ensemble for “General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees.” requirements for a minor are acceptable. The Ensemble X040 University Instrumental two semesters. Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music cognate field may become a minor if at least Ensembles each semester. 12 credit hours are taken in that field. Ensemble Participation in a major and/or Bibliography (2 cr.). minor ensemble; assignment is determined by Ensemble X040 University Instrumental Doctor of Music in Music Literature Ensemble Participation in a major and/or the woodwind faculty. Ensembles each semester. and Performance minor ensemble; assignment determined by the woodwind faculty. Prerequisite Master’s degree with the same Doctor of Music in Music Literature Woodwinds (Multiple) major or its demonstrated equivalent. and Performance Admission (Three Instrument) Audition. Curricula for Music- Prerequisite Master’s degree with the same Master of Music in Performance Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree in music or its Demonstration of artistic music performance major or its demonstrated equivalent. on three woodwind instruments and Related Graduate demonstrated equivalent. Major Field Admission to the curriculum is successful completion of a written and oral Degrees determined on the basis of a full-length recital, Admission (Three Instrument) Audition. examination on the literature, techniques, and which may or may not be heard in its entirety, Demonstration of artistic music performance pedagogy of woodwind instruments. Master of Arts, Arts Administration on the major instrument and on the two performed during the first period of Admission (Five Instrument) Audition. Major (through University Graduate nonmajor instruments. enrollment, and an examination (written or Demonstration of artistic music performance School) oral) on the literature, techniques, and Admission (Five Instrument) Audition. on one woodwind instrument and skill in Apply to the Arts Administration Program, pedagogy of the major instrument. Demonstration of artistic music performance other instruments indicative of ability to meet Merrill Hall, Indiana University, Bloomington, Major on one woodwind instrument and skill in the proficiency level, after music performance Indiana 47405; (812) 855-0282. other instruments indicative of ability to meet study, on each of the other four woodwind Flute 37 credit hours. W910 Flute Graduate Prerequisites instruments and successful completion of a Outstanding academic record Major (16 cr.), W611-W612 Doctoral the proficiency level, after music performance written and oral examination on the literature, in music, visual arts, theatre and drama, dance, Woodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.), W613 study, on each of the other four woodwind techniques, and pedagogy of woodwind economics, or business administration; Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M547- instruments. instruments. administrative experience; strong letters of M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E635 Major (Three Instrument) 19 credit hours. recommendation; ability to do graduate work, College Music Teaching (3 cr.), music elective Flute (W910) (6 cr.), oboe (W920) (6 cr.), Major Field (Three Instrument) Admission as evidenced by an undergraduate grade point (3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.). clarinet (W930) (6 cr.), bassoon (W940) (6 cr.), to the curriculum is determined on the basis of average of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale and GRE Oboe 37 credit hours. W920 Oboe Graduate or saxophone (W950) (6 cr.); W9-0 other two a full-length recital using the three woodwinds scores over 550; proof of motivation to work in Major (16 cr.), W611-W612 Doctoral instruments (6-6 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital during the first semester of residence (not later arts administration; writing and Woodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.), W613 (0 cr.), F550 Graduate Chamber Music than November 15). The recital may or may communication skills; maturity. Although a Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M547- Coaching (1 cr.). not be heard in its entirety. personal interview is not required, it is M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E635 strongly recommended. Major (Five Instrument) 18 credit hours Major Field (Five Instrument) Admission to College Music Teaching (3 cr.), music elective minimum. Flute (W910) (9 cr.), oboe (W920) the curriculum is determined on the basis of a Course Requirements 45 credit hours, (3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.). (9 cr.), clarinet (W930) (9 cr.), bassoon (W940) full-length recital, which may or may not be including accounting and marketing Clarinet 37 credit hours. W930 Clarinet (9 cr.), or saxophone (W950) (9 cr.); W7-0, heard in its entirety, to be performed during prerequisites and one full semester (minimum) Graduate Major (14 cr.), E559 Instrumental 2 credits each semester until proficiency level the first period of enrollment, and an of internship in the field of specialization. Pedagogy (2 cr.), W611-W612 Doctoral is reached on each of the four other examination on the literature, techniques, and Courses Business (12-18 cr.) P: A200 Woodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.), W613 instruments; I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F550 pedagogy of woodwind instruments. Foundations of Accounting (Nonmajors) Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M547- Graduate Chamber Music Coaching (1 cr.). M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E635 Major (Three Instrument) 36 credit hours. (3 cr.), M300 Introduction to Marketing (3 cr.). Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected College Music Teaching (3 cr.), music elective Flute (W910) (6 cr.), oboe (W920) (6 cr.), C585 Principles of Fund-Raising Management from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (6 cr.). clarinet (W930) (6 cr.), bassoon (W940) (6 cr.), (3 cr.) or R515 Fundamentals for Public and (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), or saxophone (W950) (6 cr.); W7-0 other two Non-Profit Agencies (3 cr.); M540 Services Bassoon 37 credit hours. W940 Bassoon M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 instruments (6-6 cr.); W611-W612 Doctoral Marketing (1.5 cr.) and M544 Managing Graduate Major (16 cr.), W611-W612 Doctoral Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Woodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.), W613 Advertising and Sales Promotion (1.5 cr.) or Woodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.), W613 Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M547- M550 Customer-Oriented Strategies (3 cr.); Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.), M547- Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), M620 Z515 Reward Systems (1.5 cr.) and Z516 M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E635 Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- 56 School of Music School of Music 57

Staffing Systems (1.5 cr.); L506 Legal Concepts Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree in music. Ensemble Each semester. Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected and Trends Affecting Business (3 cr.). or from M502 Composers: Variable Title (3 cr.), Admission Students must apply for M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr), Arts Administration Y550 Practicum in Arts admission simultaneously to the School of Master of Arts, Music Theory 32 credit hours. M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), M528 Administration (3 cr.), Y650 Seminar in Arts Music for the M.M. and the School of Library Chamber Music Literature (3 cr), M651 Administration (co-requisite Y651) (3 cr.), Y651 and Information Science for the M.L.S. Major 20 credit hours. T550 Readings in Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Seminar in Arts Administration (co-requisite Master of Library Science Music Theory (3 cr.), T551 Introduction to Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque Y650) (3 cr.), Y750 Internship in Arts 36 credit hours. The Music Librarianship Specialization as part Analytical Techniques (3 cr.), T555 Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 Administration (3 cr.); history of one of the arts Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.), T556 Analysis of Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- in the twentieth century (3 cr.); one of the of the Dual Master’s program or as a specialization within the M.L.S. consists of the Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.), T531 Century Music (3 cr.). following: Music U511 Concert Management Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (3 cr.), T557 (3 cr.), U412 Music Theater Management following: Cognate Field 6 credit hours of library Studies in the Theory of Music (2 cr.), T558 science, which count toward both degrees. (3 cr.), Theatre T585 Theatre Management Core Courses 18 credit hours. (See the Master’s Degree Review (0 cr.), T591 Teaching (3 cr.), or Arts Administration Y525 Museum current School of Library and Information of Music Theory I (3 cr.). If a student Ensemble Each semester. Management (3 cr.); and 9 credit hours of Science Bulletin.) demonstrates proficiency in any of these areas, electives selected in consultation with advisor. Master of Science in Music Other Required School of Library and other graduate-level music theory courses may be substituted upon approval of the Technology Information Science Courses 9-12 credit Master of Science in Ballet Department of Music Theory. (offered at Indiana University–Purdue Prerequisite hours. L623 Information in the Humanities Bachelor of Science degree in Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music University Indianapolis) ballet or bachelor’s degree in any field with (3 cr.), L631 Seminar in Music Librarianship (3 cr.), L596 Internship in Library and Bibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or above Application should be made to the Music demonstrated level of ballet equivalent to that and proficiency in two languages or one of the Bachelor of Science in Ballet degree. Information Science (2-6 cr.) (Whether students Technology Program, IU School of Music at take 6 or fewer credit hours of L596 will be language and a research skill, as approved by IUPUI, 525 N. Blackford Street, Indianapolis, Major 21 credit hours. J900 Ballet Graduate determined by their background or experience. the Department of Music Theory and the Indiana 46202; (317)274-4000. Major (3-3-3-3 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), Candidates with work experience in a music director of graduate studies. J810 Graduate Jazz Dance(1-1 cr.), J840 library may substitute 3 hours of elective credit Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected This degree program provides post–bachelor’s Graduate Practicum (1-1), J841 Graduate Ballet in library science.) from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature degree education in music technology, Pedagogy (1-1), J910 Advanced Choreography (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), computer-assisted music instructional design Library Science Elective Courses Workshop (1-1 cr.), J911 Guided Professional Sufficient M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 and music technology production techniques. Experiences in Ballet (1 cr.), or J610 Thesis in credit hours to bring the total number of Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance The curriculum establishes the creative Ballet (1 cr.). completed School of Library and Information Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque application of multimedia technology to video, Science credit hours to 30. audio, and graphic production of arts and Supporting Courses Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 3 credit hours. One educational materials. Included are course in anatomy, kinesiology, or other Music Elective Courses 6 credit hours taken Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours foundations, methods, and theoretical courses, related field approved by the department and from the music core requirement. which underpin development of skills the director of graduate studies. and selected from the list above and 3 credit hours selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title required for using technology in a creative Cognate Field 6 credit hours. Courses in one Master of Arts, Musicology 32 credit hours. environment. field to be selected from music, anatomy, fine (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature Major 20 credit hours. M539 Introduction to arts, or others with the approval of the (3 cr.). Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree with Music Bibliography (2 cr.); M551 Introduction department and the Director of Graduate Cognate Field 6 credit hours of library demonstrated musical skills; grade point to Historical Musicology (3 cr.); M598 Studies. The cognate field may become a science, which count toward both degrees. average of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. Colloquium in Musicology (3 cr.); 6 credit minor if at least 12 credit hours are taken in Ensemble Each semester. hours from M691 Seminar in Medieval Music Admission Students must apply for that field. or (3 cr.), M692 Seminar in Renaissance Music admission to the School of Music’s program at Electives 5 credit hours (3 cr.), M693 Seminar in Baroque Music (3 cr.), Master of Music, Music Theory 32 credit IUPUI. An interview is required to Ensemble X030 Ballet Ensemble each M694 Seminar in Classical Music (3 cr.), M695 hours. demonstrate musical literacy and computer semester. Seminar in Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M696 literacy and to assess professional experience. Major 20 credit hours. T550 Readings in Seminar in Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.); A portfolio including performance tape/ Music Theory (3 cr.), T551 Introduction to Master of Arts and Master of 6 credit hours of elective course work computer application must be submitted to Analytical Techniques (3 cr.), T555 Library Science; Master of Music approved by the chairperson of musicology. document skill and experience. The Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.), T556 Analysis of application requires three letters of and Master of Library Science Core Requirement 6 credit hours selected Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.), T531 recommendation. This program permits the student to from M525 Survey of Operatic Literature Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (3 cr.), T557 coordinate a degree in music theory or music (3 cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), Studies in the Theory of Music (2 cr.), T558 Course Requirements 30 credit hours history and literature with a Master of Library M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M651 Master’s Degree Review (0 cr.), T591 Teaching distributed as follows: Science. Specialized training in music library Medieval Music (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance of Music Theory I (3 cr.). If a student Major 18 credit hours. N512 Foundations of science is provided by the professional Music (3 cr.), M653 Music of the Baroque demonstrates proficiency in any of these areas, Music Production (3 cr.), N513 Principles of librarians of the School of Music. Students who Period (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music (3 cr.), M655 other graduate-level music theory courses may Multimedia Technology (3 cr.), N514 Music already have a master’s degree in music or Romantic Music (3 cr.), or M656 Twentieth- be substituted upon approval of the Technology Methods (3 cr.), N515 Multimedia who do not desire a master’s in music from Century Music (3 cr.); or 3 credit hours Department of Music Theory. Design Applications in the Arts: Application Indiana University may wish to contact the selected from the list above and 3 credit hours Tool Subject M539 Introduction to Music Design (3 cr.), N516 Advanced Interactive Admissions Office of the School of Library and selected from M502 Composers: Variable Title Bibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or above Design Applications in the Arts (3 cr.), N517 Information Science for information (3 cr.) or M510 Topics in Music Literature and proficiency in two languages or one Internship in Arts Technology (3 cr.) or N518 concerning the Music Librarianship (3 cr.). language and a research skill, as approved by Arts Technology Major Projects (3 cr.). Specialization within the Master of Library Cognate Field 6 credit hours of library the Department of Music Theory and the Science degree only. science, which count toward both degrees. director of graduate studies. 58 School of Music School of Music 59

Cognate Field and Electives 6 credit hours are required within an approved cognate field Courses in the School of Music inside or outside the School of Music. The remaining 6 credit hours are to be selected Not all courses are offered every year. The Guitar L100 L400 from music, business, education, number of credit hours given for a course is Harp H100 H400 communications, computer science, art, law, or indicated in parentheses following the course Organ Q100 Q400 other areas with departmental approval. title. The abbreviation ‘‘P’’ refers to the course Percussion D100 D400 prerequisite or prerequisites, and the Piano P100 P400 Master of Science in Music, Music abbreviation ‘‘C’’ refers to the course Strings Theater Scenic Techniques corequisite or corequisites. Courses exempt Violin S110 S410 Prerequisite B.S. in music, opera scenic from the Incomplete rule (see ‘‘Academic Viola S120 S420 techniques, or equivalent. Regulations’’) are marked by the sign . Letter Violoncello S130 S430 prefixes indicate subject fields as follows: Double Bass S140 S440 Admission By portfolio; demonstrated A Recording Arts Voice V100 V400 ability in score reading sufficient to follow a B Brass Woodwinds piano/vocal score for technical and C Church Music Flute W110 W410 management purposes. D Percussion Oboe W120 W420 Major 16 credit hours. R510 Graduate Project E Music Education and Pedagogy Clarinet W130 W430 in Scenic Design for Music Production (4 cr.), F Techniques Bassoon W140 W440 R512 Advanced Scene Painting Laboratory G Conducting Saxophone W150 W450 Project (4 cr.), R514 Graduate Seminar in H Harp History of Stage Design and Architecture I Recitals (2 cr.), R515 Graduate Technical Direction J Ballet Graduate Music (2 cr.), R516 Graduate Lighting Design (2 cr.), K Composition R518 Graduate Stage Direction for Designers L Guitar Performance Study (1 cr.) M Music History and Literature Graduate music performance study courses Minor 15 credit hours. Fine Arts S230 N Honors include private lessons and recitals. Painting I (3 cr.), S331 Painting II (3 cr.), S301 P Piano Drawing II (3 cr.), and S311 Printed and Dyed Q Organ Private Lessons Textile Design II (3 cr.), plus 3 credit hours to R Opera Graduate Graduate Graduate be chosen from A322 Romanesque and Gothic S Strings Elective Minor Major Art (3 cr.), A331 14th and 15th Century Art in T Music Theory Brass Italy (3 cr.), A322 16th and 17th Century Art in U Unclassified Courses Horn B710 B810 B910 southern Europe (3 cr.), or A341 19th Century V Voice Trumpet B720 B820 B920 European Art (3 cr.) W Woodwinds Trombone B730 B830 B930 X Ensembles Euphonium B740 B840 B940 Ensemble Each semester. Y Early Music Tuba B750 B850 B950 Master of Science in Music, Stage Z Nonmajor Composition K710 K810 K910 Direction for Opera Early Music Y710 Y810 Y910 Voice Y750 Y850 Y950 Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree or equivalent, Undergraduate Music Guitar L700 L800 L900 preferably with a major in theater or music. Performance Study Harp H700 H800 H900 Admission By examination (musicality, Organ Q700 Q800 Q900 dramatic, and visual creativity), proficiency in Undergraduate music performance study Percussion D700 D800 D900 German and Italian equivalent to G100 and courses include private lessons and recitals. Piano P700 P800 P900 M100. Strings Private Lessons Violin S710 S810 S910 Major 19 credit hours. R502 Stage Undergraduate Undergraduate Viola S720 S820 S920 Management (1 cr.), R503 Seminar in Opera Elective/Secondary Major Violoncello S730 S830 S930 Production Project (2 cr.), R504 Opera (2 cr.) (2-6 cr.) Double Bass S740 S840 S940 Production Project (1 cr.), R505-R506 Score Brass Voice V700 V800 V900 Analysis for Stage Direction I-II (3-3 cr.), R507- Horn B110 B410 Woodwinds R508 Operatic Rehearsal Technique III-IV Trumpet B120 B420 Flute W710 W810 W910 (3-3 cr.), R320 Workshop in Scenic Technique Trombone B130 B430 Oboe W720 W820 W920 (3 cr.) (A theater course may be substituted Euphonium B140 B440 Clarinet W730 W830 W930 with permission of the department.). Tuba B150 B450 Bassoon W740 W840 W940 Minor 12 credit hours. M561-M562-M563- Early Music Saxophone W750 W850 W950 M564 History and Literature of Opera I-II-III- Early Instruments IV (3-3-3-3 cr.). and Early Voice Y110 Y410 Ensemble X070 University Choral Ensembles or X080 Opera Technical Crew each semester. 60 School of Music School of Music 61

V601-V602-V603 Doctoral Voice Recitals V410 Vocal Coaching (Undergraduate Voice Other Ensembles (see also F449 and F549 for Recitals (1-1-1 cr.) Majors) (2 cr.) Harp Ensemble and F450 and F550 for Undergraduate Recitals W611-W612 Doctoral Woodwind Recitals Chamber Music Coaching) (These courses may Keyboard Proficiency not be counted for required ensemble credit.) I311 B.S./B.M.E./B.M. Jazz Senior Recital (0 (1-1 cr.) I105 Keyboard Proficiency Equivalency (0 cr.) cr.) W613 Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.) X420 Small Ensembles (1 cr.), Brass Choir, and Alternative proficiency examination allowing Percussion Ensemble. I411 B.M. Junior Recital (0 cr.) Y701 Doctoral Early Music Recital (1 cr.) undergraduate students whose major X413 Latin American Popular Music, I412 B.M. Senior Recital (0 cr.) Performance and Composition instrument is guitar, harp or harpsichord to Performance Emphasis (3 cr.) Emphasis on K402 Senior Recital in Composition (0 cr.) demonstrate comparable proficiency skills on musical practice. Arranging and performance Masterclass their major instrument. Master’s, Diploma, and Doctoral I500 Performance and Composition of genres in solo, chamber, and band P105 Keyboard Proficiency Examination Masterclass (0 cr.) ensembles. Open to music majors and non- Chamber Recitals (0 cr.) Undergraduate proficiency examination majors with performing skills. I611 Performer Diploma Recital (0 cr.) Class Instruction in Performance at the piano and organ. X414 Latin American Ensemble (2 cr.) I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.) L101 Beginning Guitar Class (2 cr.) Represents the performance component only of X413, and may be repeated for credit. I821 Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. Class guitar instruction for non–music majors. Ensemble Nonmajor Ensembles I911 Artist Diploma Recital (0 cr.) L102 Intermediate Guitar Class (2 cr.) Major Ensembles X001 Ensemble (Non–Music Majors Only) (1-2 cr.) Men’s chorus, women’s chorus, mixed I921 Artist Diploma Chamber Music Recital P: Permission of instructor. Class guitar X002 Piano Accompanying (2 cr.) Qualified chorus, band, string orchestra, and other (0 cr.) instruction for non–music majors. undergraduate students may be assigned to L103 Advanced Guitar Class (2 cr.) ensembles. Open to students outside the studio accompanying for three hours per week School of Music. Does not fulfill the major Doctoral Recitals (Solo) P: Permission of instructor. Class advanced in lieu of choral ensemble. Requires choral ensemble requirement for music majors. (Consult department chairperson for guitar instruction for non–music majors. department approval. repertoire requirements.) L111 Beginning Bass Guitar Class (2 cr.) X030 Ballet Ensemble (2 cr.) Required of all B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. Class bass guitar ballet students; elective for students outside Academic Courses B602 Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.) instruction for non–music majors. the School of Music with consent of instructor. D601-D602-D603-D604 Doctoral Percussion L112 Intermediate Bass Guitar Class (2 cr.) Rehearsals for ballet and opera production. Recording Arts and Audio Recital I-II-III-IV (1-1-1-1 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. Class intermediate X040 University Instrumental Ensembles Technology classical bass guitar instruction for non–music G603 Instrumental Conducting Performance (2 cr.) A101 Introduction to Audio Technology majors. (1 cr.) Bands There are five university bands: The (2 cr.) Introduction to the equipment and L113 Advanced Bass Guitar Class (2 cr.) G605 Wind Conducting Performance (1 cr.) Symphonic Band, the Concert Band, the techniques employed in audio recording and P: Permission of instructor. Class bass guitar University Band, the Marching Hundred, and reinforcement, including basic audio theory, G801 Instrumental Conducting Performance instruction for non–music majors. analog recording, and an introduction to (3 cr.) the Basketball Pep Band. The Pep Band is P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) organized following the football season from digital audio. G802 Wind Conducting Performance (3 cr.) P110 Beginning Piano Class 1, Non–Music members of the Marching Hundred. The A102 Audio Techniques I (3 cr.) P: A101 G810-G811 Choral Conducting Performance Majors (2 cr.) Class piano for beginning piano university concert bands perform both on Introduction to Audio Technology. I-II (3-3 cr.) students. campus and on various tours. Introduction to studio and recording H601-H602-H603-H604 Doctoral Harp Recital techniques, including theory and practice of P111 Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.) Class Orchestras There are four symphony I-II-III-IV (1-1-2-2 cr.) piano for beginning piano students. the use of microphones in mono and stereo orchestras, a chamber orchestra, a baroque recording, elementary tape editing, analog K701 Doctoral Composition Chamber Recital P112 Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.) Class (period instrument) orchestra, and the New tape machines, and digital principles. (1 cr.) piano for beginning piano students with Music Ensemble. Students are assigned by the A111 Basic Electricity (2 cr.) L661 Guitar Recital (1-1-1 cr.) previous piano experience. performance faculty. Each ensemble rehearses P: two years high school algebra, Mathematics M025 Pre- P601-P602-P603 Doctoral Piano Recital I-II-III P120 Beginning Piano Class 2, Non–Music an average of 84 hours per semester. Calculus Mathematics, or equivalent. (1-1-1 cr.) Majors (2 cr.) Class piano (second-semester Jazz Bands There are three performing jazz Fundamental principles of electricity and level). P604 Doctoral Piano Recital—Final (cr. arr.) bands. magnetism with review of necessary algebra. P121 Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.) Class P605-P606 Doctoral Piano Concerto I-II A112 Electronics I (3 cr.) P: A111 Basic piano (second-semester level). X060 Early Music Ensembles (2 cr.) (1-1 cr.) Electricity. AC theory and introduction to X070 University Choral Ensembles (2 cr.) Q601 Doctoral Organ Recital (1 cr.) P124 Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.) Class circuit elements and active devices. piano (second-semester level) for incoming The following ensembles rehearse daily: Q608 Doctoral Organ/Choir Recital (1 cr.) A201 Advanced Audio Theory (3 cr.) P: A102 music students with piano background. Chamber Singers, Pro Arte Singers, Singing S611-S612 Doctoral Violin Recital I-II (2-2 cr.) Audio Techniques I and A112 Electronics I. P130 Beginning Piano Class 3, Non–Music Hoosiers, University Chorale, Opera Chorus, S613 Doctoral Violin Concerto (1 cr.) University Singers, and Women’s Chorus. The Study of specialized studio and digital Majors (2 cr.) Class piano (third-semester recording equipment and techniques. S614 Doctoral Viola Concerto (1 cr.) level). Singing Hoosiers, Pro Arte Singers, and Chamber Singers make various tours and are A211 Electronics II (3 cr.) P: A112 Electronics I. S621-S622 Doctoral Viola Recital I-II (2-2 cr.) P131 Piano Class 3, Music Majors (2 cr.) Class available for special performances. System design and operation applied to audio, S631-S632 Doctoral Violoncello Recital I-II piano (third-semester level, accelerated). X080 Opera Technical Crew (2 cr.) both analog and digital. (2-2 cr.) P141 Piano Class 4, Music Majors (2 cr.) Class X090 Audio Technical Crew (2 cr.) A270 Audio Techniques II (3 cr.) P: A102 S633 Doctoral Violoncello Concerto (1 cr.) piano (fourth-semester level). Audio Techniques I. Intermediate studio and X091 String Repair Technical Crew (2 cr.) S650 Concertmaster or Section Leader V101 Voice Class (cr. arr.) Instruct beginners recording techniques, including multitrack Supervised execution of repair and (Doctoral) (1 cr.) in introductory aspects of voice, vocal recording and mixdown. maintenance techniques for string instruments. S651-S652 Double Bass Recital I-II (2-2 cr.) techniques, and sight reading. 62 School of Music School of Music 63

A311 Audio Repair and Maintenance I (3 cr.) reports from the student and on-site and the concert mass from 1600 to the present. E350 Chamber Music Coaching I (1 cr.) P: A112 Electronics I. Instruction in basic supervisor. Special emphasis on usage in the church music Specified chamber music experience in classes maintenance of audio equipment with programs of today. for woodwind and brass students and quartets concentration on test equipment and Church Music C535 Introduction to Liturgy and the Arts for majors in violin, viola and cello. procedures, analog tape machine alignment, C400 Research in Church Music (cr. arr.) (2 cr.) A study of the relationship between E351 Chamber Music Coaching II (1 cr.) and basic tape transport maintenance. Practical C401 Church Music I (3 cr.) Basic keyboard liturgy, music, and other related arts both in Specified chamber music experience in classes experience is emphasized. skills, four-part harmonization of melodies history and current practice. for woodwind students and quartets for A312 Audio Repair and Maintenance II (3 cr.) and given bases, improvisation of simple C620 Certificate Final Project (1 cr.) majors in violin, viola and cello. P: A311 Audio Repair and Maintenance I. chord progressions in four-part style, basic E400 Undergraduate Readings in Music Instruction in maintenance of audio equipment modulation, and transposition of four-part Music Education and Pedagogy Education (cr. arr.) with concentration on advanced tape transport materials (hymns). Courses E410 Topics in Music Education and and electronic setup, wiring practices, and C402 Church Music II (3 cr.) P: C401 Church E130 Introduction to Music Learning (2 cr.) Pedagogy ( 3 cr.) P: Junior standing in the electronic systems analysis and repair. Music I or special examination. Further Introduction to the philosophy, sociology, and School of Music or consent of instructor. Focus Practical experience is emphasized. development of keyboard skills, reading of psychology of music. Survey of careers in on aspects of music education and pedagogy A320 Electronic Studio Techniques for Audio figured bass, score reading, and advanced music, including teaching (school and private), relevant to students enrolled in the degree Majors (2 cr.) P: A102 Audio Techniques I. transposition. performing, scholarship, publishing, and programs, Bachelor of Music or Bachelor of Practical experience in magnetic-type C403 Church Music III (3 cr.) P: C402 Church technical fields. This course fulfills the Science in Music; the course is not intended to techniques and effects, analog and digital Music II or special examination. Survey of pedagogy requirement for B.M. degrees, or it fulfill Bachelor of Music Education synthesizers, MIDI, and small computer liturgies, introductory hymnody, console may substitute for E131 Introduction to Music requirements. E410 emphasizes theory and applications, as applied to the recording studio conducting, service music, advanced Education (2 cr.) for B.M.E. degrees. research in music education and pedagogy. environment. modulation, and improvisation. E131 Introduction to Music Education (2 cr.) The scope of topics will include music teaching A321 Media Techniques (3 cr.) P: A211 C404 Church Music IV (3 cr.) P: C403 Church An introduction to the philosophic, historical, in private and small group settings, the role of Electronics II and A270 Audio Techniques II. Music III. Continuation of materials of C403 and sociological concepts underlying current music in society, women in music, research in Study of audio production techniques for Church Music III. Satisfactory completion of music education practice with an emphasis on music pedagogy, philosophy, psychology, and radio, video, film, and multi-image C404 Church Music IV completes the keyboard issues of cultural diversity and the impact of sociology of music. May be repeated for presentations. Emphasis on mixing criteria for proficiency requirement for organists. technology. different topics. broadcast and visual productions. C500 Independent Study in Church Music E230 Teaching Music through Performance E458 Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.) Techniques and A360 Recording Techniques (2 cr.) P: A270 Practices (cr. arr.) (2 cr.) P: E130 Introduction to Music Learning methods of teaching jazz studies, including the Audio Techniques II. Supervised practical training of jazz bands. C502 Hymnody (3 cr.) A study of the history or E131 Introduction to Music Education. experience in nonmultitrack recording and and structure of hymn texts and music with Preparation of lecture/demonstrations in E459 Instrumental Pedagogy (3 cr.) Pedagogy editing. Individual project work, plus group special emphasis on hymn writers of the music, including selection of topics and classes pertaining to the individual listening and discussion sessions. twentieth century. literature, administration, and evaluation. instruments. A361 Advanced Recording Projects (2 cr.) Ensembles composed of students enrolled in C504 Improvisational Skills (2 cr.) Basic E467 Techniques of String Class Teaching P: A360 Recording Techniques and permission the class perform productions at community keyboard skills with emphasis on harmony, (3 cr.) Current pedagogical practices, of instructor. Practical experience in sites such as schools, hospitals, service clubs, chord progressions, and simple form(s). procedures, and materials for string teaching nonmultitrack recording and editing from the etc. Prerequisite to C524 Organ Improvisation for both class and private instruction. perspective of the recording unless exempted by audition. E231 General Music Methods K-12 (2 cr.) E489 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.) Pedagogical producer/engineer. Individual project work, P: E131 Introduction to Music Education; C: C522 Handbell Practicum (1 cr.) A practical practices, procedure, and materials for organ plus group listening and discussion sessions. EDUC M201 Laboratory/Field Experience introduction to handbell performance, teaching. A370 Studio Techniques I (2 cr.) P: A270 (0 cr.) which requires 15 hours of fieldwork. conducting, and ensemble development. E493 Piano Pedagogy (2 cr.) Required of senior Audio Techniques II. Supervised practical Principles of musical development and Course includes instruction in basic and piano majors. Methods and materials for experience in multitrack recording and mixing. curriculum planning applied to the teaching advanced handbell ringing techniques, teaching individuals and classes of both Small group and individual project work, plus of general music in schools, including special conducting, assignment of bells, and children and adults. Two hours of group listening and discussion. populations. The application of computer knowledge of literature. Open to Organ and demonstration and two hours of teaching each technologies to the teaching of general music A380 Final Project in Audio Technology Organ and Church Music majors. week. (1 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. Preparation and music appreciation are examined. C523 Church Music Practicum (2 cr.) E494 Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.) Principles of voice of dossier summarizing all work completed E241 Introduction to Music Fundamentals A study of repertoire, performance techniques production. Quality, diction, range, breathing, (concurrent with last semester of on-campus Designed to aid elementary majors in the (e.g., console conducting), and organizational vocalization, dynamics, agility, and vocal course work). School of Education in learning to sing and methods required of church musicians. hygiene as bases for an approach to voice A450 Recording Arts (repertory) (2 cr.) read music. C524 Organ Improvisation (2 cr.) P: C403 teaching. E303 Violin Pedagogy (2 cr.) A460 Recording Arts (techniques) (cr. arr.) Church Music III, C404 Church Music IV, and E503 Violin Pedagogy (2 cr.) Learning the A461 Senior Project in Recording Arts (1 cr.) C504 Improvisational Skills. Improvisation for E304 Violin Pedagogy (2 cr.) P: E303. skills to teach a beginning violin student A470 Studio Techniques II (2 cr.) P: A370 the church organists, with emphasis on E306 Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.) through lectures, observation of private and Studio Techniques I. Advanced production stylistic considerations, formal structures, and E312 Arranging for Instrumental and Vocal group lessons, and teaching children under the experience in multitrack recording and mixing. devices. Groups (2 cr.) P: T252 Music Theory and supervision of the instructor. Paper on a topic Individual project work, plus group listening C533 Sacred Choral Literature I, Small Forms Literature IV and T232 Musical Skills III, or from the course. and discussion. (2-3 cr.) Sacred music from the sixteenth equivalent for all students, and F205 E504 Violin Pedagogy (2 cr.) P: E503. Learning A480 Internship in Audio (2-6 cr.) P: A380 century to the present: smaller forms, motets, Introduction to Instrumental Techniques for to teach shifting, vibrato, and bow strokes, and Final Project in Audio Technology. Supervised and anthems. choral general music education majors. exploring the repertoire of young violinists. experience in a working environment directly C534 Sacred Choral Literature II, Large Forms Scoring for orchestra, band, and chorus. Course includes lectures, observation of related to audio technology. Assessed by (2 cr.) The development of cantata, oratorio, Required of all music education majors. private and group lessons, and teaching 64 School of Music School of Music 65 children under the supervision of the E521 The Children’s Chorus (3 cr.) Vocal and Problem definition; development of research orchestras: student personnel, financing, instructor. Paper on a topic from the course. choral techniques, literature, and design. Probability and sampling procedure. program construction, rehearsal techniques, E506 Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.) Comparisons of organizational practices appropriate to Techniques for the location, collection, festival participation, physical plant, and cello methods and materials, study of right- children’s choral ensembles. quantification, and treatment of data. Research repair of instruments. hand and left-hand techniques, observation of E522 Music in Early Childhood (3 cr.) report required. E569 Seminar in Class Piano Teaching (1 cr.) teaching, and practical experience teaching A survey of research literature in musical E533 Research in Music Education (cr. arr.) Teaching techniques for piano classes. private and class lessons. Paper on a topic development and applications to the selection P: E532 Research Methods in Music II or Required of all graduate assistants whose from the course. of materials and teaching methods for the consent of instructor. duties involve teaching class piano; must be E507-E508 Recorder Pedagogy I-II (2-1 cr.) preschool- and kindergarten-aged child. E534 Practicum in Music Education (3 cr.) taken during the first semester of class piano I. Methods of teaching recorder technique and E523 Music in Special Education (3 cr.) Research techniques and procedures. Practical teaching. repertory, with emphasis on precollege levels. Methods and materials for the musical or creative project or investigation required E570 Pedagogy of Jazz (3 cr.) Techniques and II. P: E507 Recorder Pedagogy I using education of learners with special (may be a phase of a cooperative study or an methods of teaching jazz studies. materials and techniques acquired in methods characteristics. Emphasis on adaptive independent project). E571-E572-E573 Kodály Concept I-II-III class. procedures for mainstream students. E535 Measurement, Evaluation, and (3-3-3 cr.) Methods, analysis, and solfege; E509 Horn Pedagogy (1 cr.) Observation of E524 Experimental Teaching in Elementary Guidance in Music (3 cr.) P: E519 Psychology materials and curriculum development. two private lessons per week taught by major School Music (3 cr.) For graduate students in of Music or consent of instructor. Standardized I. Primary. II. Intermediate. III. Advanced. teachers. Term paper required. music education who have teaching tests, classroom or studio marking, E574-E575-E576 Orff Program Development E510 Trumpet and Cornet Pedagogy (1 cr.) experience. Comprehensive study of the auditioning, and adjudication; evaluation of I-II-III (3-3-3 cr.) Methods and materials, Observation of two private lessons per week elementary music program, including new aptitude in light of professional and movement, singing and playing skills; taught by major teachers. Term paper techniques, materials, and literature. educational criteria; and use of data in curriculum development. I. Primary. required. E525 Supervision of Music in the Public counseling. II. Intermediate. III. Advanced. E511 Trombone Pedagogy (1 cr.) Observation Schools (1-3 cr.) Functions and techniques of E536 Special Workshop in Music Education E589 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.) An overview of of two private lessons per week taught by music supervision; problems of music (cr. arr.) historical organ method books, organ major teachers. Term paper required. consultants; in-service training for classroom E545 Guided Professional Experiences pedagogy, and supporting material. Course teachers; and administration of school music E512 Tuba Pedagogy (1 cr.) Observation of (cr. arr.) P: consent of instructor. Further consists of some lecture as well as the programs. two private lessons per week taught by major development of professional skills in teaching, individual student doing actual teaching teachers. Term paper required. E526 Exploratory Approaches to Music in supervision, and administration by means of (observed by the instructor) with follow-up Junior and Senior High School (1-3 cr.) conferences. E513 Harp Pedagogy (3 cr.) A survey of laboratory techniques and use of School of Contemporary philosophy, music theory, and teaching materials and methods for the harp Music facilities and resources. Evidence E593 Piano Methods (2 cr.) Elective for practice for use in classes in general music, required of competency to carry out and texts on basic musicianship. Observation master’s degree candidates in piano. Two music appreciation, music history, allied arts, independent work. of private lessons and class instruction. lectures a week. Four instructors for four and music theory. Techniques for working E551 Seminar in Instrumental Teaching (3 cr.) E514 Applied Harp Pedagogy (3 cr.) weeks each. with adolescents and their problems of Principles of the pedagogy of individual A supervised series of private and class harp E594 Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.) P: Must be voice interest, changing voice, and capability. instruments applied to private and group lessons. major or have consent of instructor. Processes E527 Advanced Instrumental Methods (3 cr.) instruction. Members of the performance E515 Double Bass Pedagogy (1 cr.) in voice production: respiration, phonation, Application of current teaching techniques to faculty will participate in discussions. articulation, and resonances. Psychological, Observation of two private lessons per week group instrumental instruction. Designed for E557 Band Arranging for Graduate Students psysiological, and acoustical problems taught by major teachers. Term paper students with previous teaching experience. (3 cr.) P: K214-K215 Instrumentation I-II or including voice classification, quality, diction, required. E528 Advanced Choral Methods (3 cr.) demonstration of ability to score satisfactorily and registration will be discussed. A major E516 Instructional Programs and Learning in Application of current teaching techniques to a for small orchestra. Scoring of chorale and paper on a related subject will also be Music (3 cr.) The application of theories of variety of choral ensemble types. Designed for dance forms for band choirs and full band. required. Assignment of students to members musical learning to the selection and students with previous teaching experience. Transcription of appropriate selections from of the class for supervised teaching. A study of sequencing of content in a variety of learning E529 Special Topics in Music Education piano, organ, or orchestra literature. studio procedure and practical subjects related settings. (3 cr.) Selected topics in music education E559 Instrumental Pedagogy (1-3 cr.) to studio and class voice instruction. E517 Sociology of Music (1-3 cr.) Discussions practice and research, including instructional P: Graduate standing. Pedagogy classes E596 Research in Performance Study (cr. and informal lectures on aspects of the methods; historical, philosophical, pertaining to the individual instruments. arr.) sociology of music viewed from the psychological and social foundations; and E560 Historical Development of Wind E600 Thesis in Music Education (3 cr.) perspective of process. contemporary issues in music education. The Groups and Literature (3 cr.) A E616 Curriculum in Music Education (3 cr.) E518 Foundations of Music Education (3 cr.) course may be repeated under different topic comprehensive study of wind groups focusing P: E518 Foundations of Music Education and Interdisciplinary approach, including aspects designations. on instrumentation and literature from its consent of instructor. Purpose, problems, of philosophy, psychology, aesthetics, and E530 Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.) earliest beginnings to the present. Special sociology. development, and current trends in music Descriptive and prescriptive conditions of emphasis on major works, composers, stylistic curricular structures in elementary, secondary, E519 Psychology of Music (3 cr.) Functions of musical learning and development. Included changes, and programming. and higher education. the musical mind; factors in the development are interdisciplinary studies of learning E561 Choral Methods and Materials (3 cr.) E618 History and Philosophy of Music of musical skills and maturity. involving musical, psychological, Advanced choral methods for the practicing Education (3 cr.) P: E518 Foundations of Music physiological, cultural, and sociological E520 Seminar in Music Education for teacher or advanced student. Literature survey Education. The interaction of the theory and factors. Master’s Degree Students (2 cr.) P or C: E518 for secondary school environment. Resources practice of music education with historical and Foundations of Music Education. Required of E531-E532 Research Methods in Music I-II and methodology leading to a comprehensive philosophical developments in the master’s degree students in music education. (3-3 cr.) I. Nature of research and scientific choral curriculum. European/American tradition. Two meetings a week. Reports on research by method; application to problems of music E568 Administration of Instrumental Groups E625 Administration of Music in Higher students or faculty members. research. Critique of research studies. II. (3 cr.) Supervision of school bands and Education (3 cr.) Administration problems, 66 School of Music School of Music 67 curricular content, securing of teaching School of Education Courses attend the student-teaching experience. On-site performance teacher who is not the student’s personnel and equipment, planning of music Education M323 The Teaching of Music in visitation. regular instructor. buildings, and other duties attendant upon the the Elementary Schools (2 cr.) P: Music E241 Education M482 Student Teaching: All F402 Techniques of Percussion Instrument administrator of a music department or school Introduction to Music Fundamentals. Not Grades (10 cr.) P: Senior standing, upper- Repair (2 cr.) P: Successful completion of of music. open to music majors. Fundamental division hearing, 10 credit hours of upper-division examination. Techniques of E635 College Music Teaching (3 cr.) Theory of procedures of teaching elementary school instrumental techniques (where required); all care, repair, construction, and maintenance of teaching, philosophic assumptions, aesthetic music, stressing music materials suitable for required conducting, education, and music the following percussion instrument theories, approaches to education, implications the first six grades. education courses with the exception of classifications: Membranes, metallophones, for teaching music education, music history Education M342 Methods and Materials for Education M464 Methods of Teaching Reading idiophones, and accessories. and literature, and music theory courses. Teaching Elementary Music (3 cr.) must be completed prior to or during the F403 Percussion Scoring (2 cr.) Nomenclature, E658 Music Education Doctoral Seminar I P: Admission to the Teacher Education student-teaching semester. A ten-week, full- calligraphy, spectrum, notation, legend (2 cr.) Required of doctoral students in music Program; Music E131 Introduction to Music time, continuous, and supervised experience. systems, timbre, characteristics, and ranges. education. Two meetings a week. Reports on Education, and E231 General Music Methods Education M580 Student Teaching for F404 Percussion Master Class (2 cr.) Technical, research by students or faculty members. K-12. For field experience credit, students Graduate Students: All Grades (9 cr.) A nine- physical, aesthetic, and logistical factors in E659 Music Education Doctoral Seminar II should enroll concurrently in Education M301 week, full-time, continuous, and supervised preparing solo, chamber, and orchestral (2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Advanced Laboratory/Field Experience for 0 credit experience. repertory. hours. Detailed study of current teaching professional study in the theory and practice of Techniques F405 Percussion Seminar (1-3 cr.) History, music education, with application of all techniques for the elementary school music languages, and written and improvisational F201 Jazz Piano Class (1 cr.) previous course material for the doctoral degree. class; Dalcroze, Kodály, and Orff techniques; P: F321 Jazz uses of indigenous instruments. Masterworks E660 Philosophical Research in Music review of current textbooks and other Improvisation I, C: F321 Jazz Improvisation I, survey. materials; classroom recorder and guitar. or permission of instructor. Instruction in the Education (2 cr.) An examination of the F419 Special Topics (1-3 cr.) P: Junior methods used in philosophical research in Education M343 Methods and Materials for use of the piano in the composition, arranging, and accompanying of jazz. Proficiency in each standing. A format intended to accommodate music education, with a survey of major Teaching Choral Music (3 cr.) P: Junior area is examined at the end of the course. special content not necessarily appropriate to a studies and trends of inquiry. standing; admission to the Teacher Education fixed listing. Planned to utilize unique F205 Introduction to Instrumental E661 Historical Research in Music Education Program; Music E131 Introduction to Music competencies of faculty and special interests of Techniques (2 cr.) For B.M.E. voice and piano (2 cr.) An examination of the methods used in Education and E231 General Music Methods students. K-12. For field experience credit, students concentrations. Techniques and materials for historical research in music education, with a F449 Harp Ensemble (.5 to 1 cr.) Preparation should enroll in Education M301 beginning instrumental study. Recommended survey of major studies and trends of inquiry. for performance with mixed instrument Laboratory/Field Experience (0 cr.). for sophomores and juniors. E662 Public Lecture in Music Education (1 cr.) ensembles. Organization and development of choral F261 String Class Techniques (2 cr.) Class A presentation made to the university groups; voice production; rehearsal F457 Seminar in Performance (cr. arr.) community or at an appropriate professional instruction and teaching methods for violin, techniques; tone, diction, and phrasing; P: Permission of instructor. Basic properties conference. The paper presented must be viola, violoncello, and double bass. materials suitable for school choruses at and techniques of orchestral and band approved by the student’s advisory F281 Brass Instrument Techniques (2 cr.) secondary level. instruments. I. Harp. II. Percussion. III. Strings. committee. Class instruction and teaching methods for IV. Brass. V. Woodwinds. Education M344 Methods and Materials for E690 Seminar in Piano Pedagogy and trumpet, horn, trombone, and tuba. Teaching Instrumental Music (2-3 cr.) F461-F462 Score Reading I-II (1-1 cr.) Instructional Materials I (cr. arr.) P: Consent F316 Jazz Arranging I (3 cr.) Jazz instruments P: Junior standing; admission to the Teacher P: Adequate skill at the keyboard and T232 of instructor. Teaching approaches: rational and special effects obtainable on each. Scoring Education Program; Music E131 Introduction Musical Skills III. Performance at the piano of practicing, beginner’s methods, and group of popular songs for the modern dance to Music Education and E231 General Music graded examples of scores, both vocal and teaching. orchestra. Methods K-12. For field experience credit, instrumental. F317 Jazz Arranging II (3 cr.) P: Consent of E691-E692 Seminar in Piano Pedagogy and students should enroll in Education M301 F466 Techniques in Marching Bands (1-2 cr.) instructor. Arranging for various combinations Instructional Materials II-III (cr. arr.) P: E690 Laboratory/Field Experience (0 cr.). Teaching P: Consent of instructor. For undergraduates of instruments in different styles. Seminar in Piano Pedagogy and Instructional methods and materials; organization of the and graduates majoring in music education. Materials I or consent of instructor. II. instrumental curriculum. F318 Styles and Analysis of Jazz (2 cr.) Techniques for organizing and training Technique, mechanics of the instrument, Technical features of various styles from the Education M434 Administration of School marching bands in public schools and at the physiology and psychology of playing. III. inception of jazz to the present. Bands (2 cr.) P: Senior standing; EDUC M334 college level. Planning and charting football Teaching repertoire, schools of pianism, (to be taken during the professional semester). F321-F322 Jazz Improvisation I-II (2-2 cr.) shows; rehearsal problems. memorization, and sight reading. Teaching, organization, and administration of Theory and techniques of jazz improvisation F503 Colloquium in Recorder Pedagogy (3 cr.) E694 Applied Comparative Voice Pedagogy school wind and percussion ensembles. Four with an emphasis on functional harmony, A survey of historical and modern methods of (3 cr.) P: E594 Vocal Pedagogy. Supervised meetings per week. melodic form, special scales, tune studies, ear recorder performance and pedagogy. Students individual performance of technical principles training, and development of style. Education M436 Administration of School study the changes in the instrument itself as and terminology employed in vocal teaching, Orchestras (2 cr.) P: Senior Standing; EDUC F337 Woodwind Techniques (2 cr.) Class well as its role in solo and ensemble music 1700 to the present. Concepts of breathing, M334 (to be taken during the professional instruction and teaching methods for flute, from the Middle Ages to the twentieth century. phonation, resonance, and range. Diction is semester). Teaching, organization, and oboe, bassoon, clarinet, and saxophone. Teaching of historically appropriate skills is sung and discussed by each class member. administration of school orchestras. Four F338 Percussion Techniques (2 cr.) Instruction discussed. Vocal examples from song literature. meetings per week. in timpani, snare drum, xylophone, bass drum, F521 Advanced Improvisational Concepts E695 Seminar in Vocal Pedagogy Research Education M471 Undergraduate Seminar in cymbals, Latin and jazz drums, etc. Laboratory (3 cr.) P: F322 Jazz Improvisation II or (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. For advanced Music Education (1 cr.) P: Consent of class with an emphasis on teaching techniques. permission of departmental chairperson. Jazz students in voice and voice pedagogy. Formal instructor; admission to the Teacher Education F400 Seminar in Interpretation (2-3 cr.) and other contemporary music improvisation research paper required. Program. A practical orientation to the P: Audition by and consent of instructor with an emphasis on the development of style. E700 Dissertation in Music Education personal and professional problems that concerned. Instruction in interpretation by a (cr. arr.) 68 School of Music School of Music 69

F549 Harp Ensemble (1 cr.) Study of the equivalent experience. Primary sources G561-G562 Master’s Choral Conducting I-II J210 Jazz Dance (1 cr.) A study of jazz dance, techniques and literature for multiple-harp regarding basso continuo performance (3-3 cr.) Study of the art and techniques of including early jazz and musical comedy as ensembles. F549 may be waived for students practices are examined. Emphasis is on choral conducting as related to a study of the well as contemporary styles. Emphasis on with comparable experience; courses in performance at the keyboard from figured and score. Major works from the choral and current locomotor jazz techniques. Enrollment conducting or harp pedagogy may be unfigured bass. choral/orchestral literature are conducted. restricted to School of Music majors or by substituted upon recommendation of the F530 Chamber Music Coaching I Specified Taken concurrently with M565 Master’s permission of the Department of Ballet. department chair. chamber music experience in classes for Seminar in Choral Literature. J320 Pointe Technique (1 cr.) Authorization F551 Practicum in Transcription for the woodwind and brass students and quartets for G566 Interpretation and Conducting of Band and concurrent enrollment in J100 Guitar (2 cr.) Guided exercises in transcribing majors in violin, viola and cello. Literature I (3 cr.) Study of selected concert Intermediate/Advanced Ballet required. The works for the guitar originally written for F531 Chamber Music Coaching II Specified band literature up to and including grade V study of classical ballet pointe work. Open to piano, lute, violin, cello, or other instrument chamber music experience in classes for material, with an emphasis on original band non–ballet majors. or instrumental ensemble. woodwind and quartets for majors in violin, compositions. Baton technique, score analysis, J340 Practicum (2 cr.) For juniors and seniors F603-F604 Seminar in Percussion viola and cello. and rehearsal techniques. in the Bachelor of Science in Ballet degree Performance I-II (2-2 cr.) P: Consent of F550 Graduate Chamber Music Coaching G567 Interpretation and Conducting of Band program. Laboratory teaching. instructor. The technical and physical factors (1 cr.) Rehearsal and performance of chamber Literature II (3 cr.) Study of selected wind J400 Ballet (Major) (2-6 cr.) Daily technique governing the performance of solo, chamber, music. literature at the most advanced levels for both classes, including pointe, for students in the and orchestral literature. F650 Practicum in Chamber Music (0-1 cr.) small and large ensembles. Continued Bachelor of Science in Ballet degree program. development of baton and rehearsal For doctoral students meeting ensemble Performance emphasis. Chamber Music, Coaching and techniques and score preparation. Includes coaching requirements. Authorization J401 Ballet Major: Graduation Examination rehearsal and performance of selected works. Accompanying required. (0 cr.) F300 Piano Accompanying (cr. arr.) G570 Graduate Instrumental Conducting P: Four J410 Choreography Workshop (2 cr.) Survey (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Required for semesters of piano major or concentration. Conducting of choreographic principles in terms of the graduate students with a cognate or minor Sight reading, transposing, and acquaintance G370 Techniques for Conducting (2 cr.) development of Western art. Concepts of field in instrumental conducting. with vocal and instrumental literature. P: T231 Musical Skills II and T251 Music harmony, symmetry, and balance examined in F301 Accompanying Recital (1 cr.) Rehearsal Theory and Literature III. Fundamentals of G571 Advanced Instrumental Conducting a historical context and related to trends in and performance as accompanist for a score reading and baton technique. (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Baton composition in the twentieth century. required public performance of a full G371 Choral Conducting I (2 cr.) P: G370 techniques and critical examination of scores; J610 Thesis in Ballet (1-2 cr.) undergraduate or graduate recital. This may Techniques for Conducting. Conducting problems of rehearsal and interpretation. May be substituted for one or two semesters of F300 be repeated for degree credit. J700 Ballet Graduate Elective (Beginning I) patterns applied to elements of interpretation. (cr. arr.) Piano Accompanying for Bachelor of Music Practice in sight singing. Class forms practice G574 Advanced Wind Conducting (3 cr.) piano majors. choir. P: Admission to the wind conducting program J810 Graduate Jazz Dance (1 cr.) Jazz dance class for graduate students. F350 Chamber Music Coaching I (1 cr.) G372 Choral Conducting II (2 cr.) P: G371 and consent of instructor. Baton technique and Specified chamber music experience in classes Choral Conducting I. Choral conducting critical analysis of scores; and rehearsal and J840 Graduate Practicum (1 cr.) Laboratory for woodwind and brass students and quartets applied to tone, balance, diction, phrasing, and interpretive problems. teaching experience to develop pedagogical for majors in violin, viola and cello. interpretation. G634 Operation of Early Music Programs skills in ballet techniques. F351 Chamber Music Coaching II (1 cr.) G373 Instrumental Conducting (2 cr.) P: G370 (3 cr.) A practical study of the operation of J841 Graduate Ballet Pedagogy (1 cr.) Focus Specified chamber music experience in classes Techniques for Conducting. Further university collegium musicum programs, on teaching pre-college ballet classes. for woodwind and quartets for majors in development of score reading and conducting including repertory, instrument acquisition J900 Ballet Graduate Major (cr. arr.) violin, viola and cello. technique. and maintenance, coaching and directing vocal J910 Advanced Choreography Workshop F450 Chamber Music Coaching (.5 to 1 cr.) G555 Foundations in Choral Conducting for and instrumental early music ensembles. (1 cr.) Advanced study of choreographic P: F350, F351, F449, X002, or permission of Graduate Students (3 cr.) P: Graduate G661 Doctoral Choral Conducting (3 cr.) principles in laboratory conditions. Public major department. Rehearsal and performance standing in the School of Music or permission Study of the art and techniques of choral performance of works at the discretion of the of chamber music. of instructor. Techniques for the beginning conducting as related to a study of the score. instructor. F500 Accompanying Recital (1 cr.) Required choral conductor, including basic Major works from the choral and J911 Guided Professional Experiences in for fulfillment of second recital requirement fundamentals of stick technique, development choral/orchestral literature are conducted. Ballet (1 cr.) Focus on role as ballet for M.M. piano majors. Student is assigned to of aural and rehearsal skills, and score analysis Taken four times. mistress/master or administrative aspects of an accompanying coach as a studio for the conductor. Intended to satisfy G671 Advanced Instrumental Conducting ballet company management. accompanist for one semester and must appear deficiency requirements as a prerequisite for (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Baton technique as accompanist for a required public G560 Graduate Choral Conducting or to serve and critical examination of scores; problems of Composition performance of a full undergraduate or as an elective. Does not satisfy any existing rehearsal and interpretation. May be repeated K100 Composition Undergraduate Elective/ graduate recital. degree requirement in conducting on the for degree credit. Secondary (3 cr.) Individual lessons in F501 Accompaniment of Baroque Music graduate level. G674 Advanced Wind Conducting (3 cr.) composition. Concurrent registration in I500 (2 cr.) Introduction to the art of G560 Graduate Choral Conducting (3 cr.) P: Consent of the instructor. Baton technique Performance and Composition Masterclass is accompaniment of seventeenth- and P: G371 Choral Conducting I or G555 and critical analysis of scores; and rehearsal required. eighteenth-century music. Repertoire is Foundations in Choral Conducting for and interpretive problems. K133 Notation and Calligraphy (1 cr.) P: For selected from a wide variety of chamber and Graduate Students. For graduate students music majors, T109 Rudiments of Music I; for larger works, both vocal and instrumental. majoring in fields other than choral Ballet non–music majors, permission of instructor. Included in the study are recitative, conducting. Admission by examination during J100 Dance Movement (2 cr.) Classical Notation and organization of music embellishment, and improvisation. orientation week. The course may be taken technique class at an introductory level for manuscripts. F502 Performing Basso Continuo (2 cr.) more than once. people who have had no prior dance expertise. K214-K215 Instrumentation I-II (2-2 cr.) P: F501 Accompaniment of Baroque Music or Includes barre exercises and center practice. Ranges, tonal possibilities, technical 70 School of Music School of Music 71 limitations, and necessary transpositions for all digital synthesis, acoustic research, and ensembles, and song styles; the heritage of M431*-M432* Song Literature I-II (3-3 cr.) orchestral and band instruments. These interactive composition. ancient music (China, India, the Mediterranean P: Junior standing, for M432: M431. courses meet two times weekly, with one K512 Jazz Composition (3 cr.) P: Permission of world, and the Americas); ethnomusicological Introductory survey of representative non- lecture and one laboratory session. departmental chairperson. High-level study of perspectives on classical Western music. The operatic solo vocal repertoire of the United K231-K232 Free Counterpoint I-II (2-2 cr.) problems of composition in the jazz idiom, course will make extensive use of video and States, the British Isles, Italy, Germany, Development of contrapuntal skills and including the Third stream. audio resources and the delivery capabilities of Austria, and France. Techniques and techniques in two-, three-, and four-part K554 Advanced Orchestral Arranging for the new Variations Project. application of song study, musicianship, textures. Graduate Students (3 cr.) P: Graduate M393 History of Jazz (3 cr.) Periods, major interpretation, performance practice, and program building. K400 Composition Major (3 cr.) Individual standing and E312 Arranging for Instrumental performers and composers, trends, influences, lessons in composition. Concurrent and Vocal Groups or equivalent. stylistic features, and related materials. For M434 Survey of Guitar Literature (2 cr.) registration in I500 Performance and K600 Thesis in Composition (1-5 cr.) music majors only. An overview of the origins and evolution of M394 Black Music in America (3 cr.) the modern guitar, examining repetoire from Composition Masterclass is required. K700 Dissertation in Composition (cr. arr.) A survey K402 Senior Recital in Composition (0 cr.) of black music from its African origin to the about 1500 to the present time Introduction to Complete work for major ensemble (score and the important composers and performers of Presentation of a half-recital of compositions present, with special emphasis on its social, parts ready for performance). Procedures for the various plucked string instruments that written during residency for different media, economic, and political implications. final submission are available from the major comprise the family tree of the modern guitar. with the student participating as performer or M395 Contemporary Jazz and Soul Music advisor. Program annotation addressed to the Approximately 100 representative conductor of at least one work. (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. A survey of general public for the student’s dissertation compositions will be studied analytically and contemporary jazz and soul (rhythm and K403 Electronic Studio Resources I (3 cr.) (500 words minimum). placed in historical and cultural context. P: Consent of instructor. An introduction to the blues) music and musicians in the United K701 Doctoral Composition Chamber Recital M435 Performance Practices Before 1750 computer music studio, techniques of digital States. For music majors only. (1 cr.) Presentation of a recital (at least 45 (3 cr.) Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque recording and editing, analog and FM M396 Art Music of Black Composers (3 cr.) minutes of music) of compositions for different repertory studied in light of historical synthesis, MIDI sequencing, and a P: Consent of instructor. A study of black media written during residency, with the performance, including historical performance comprehensive study of the literature and music and musicians in the United States, with student participating as performer or procedures, instruments, tuning, rhythm, styles of the classic tape studios. emphasis on the black composer in conductor. Program annotations addressed to notations, and other theoretical areas of contemporary music. K404 Electronic Studio Resources II (3 cr.) the general public for the student’s Doctoral importance for performance. Some P: K403 Electronic Studio Resources I. Study of Composition Chamber Recital (500 words M397 Popular Music of Black America (3 cr.) consideration is given to the recreation of advanced synthesis techniques, digital minimum). A sociocultural and musical analysis of urban historical music employing modern sampling, video synchronization, and K702 Doctoral Composition Document I black popular music, its performers, instruments. multimedia applications. producers, and composers, from the 1940s to (1 cr.) Movement of chamber music written M500 Special Seminar in Music History 1980—rhythm and blues, rock ‘n’ roll, soul, K406 Projects in Electronic Music (cr. arr.) during a week-long examination period. (cr. arr.) P: K403 Electronic Studio Resources I and K404 ballads, funk, disco, and the raps. K703 Doctoral Composition Document II M502 Composers: Variable Title (3 cr.) Electronic Studio Resources II. Compositional M400 Undergraduate Readings in (Vocal) (1 cr.) Setting of a given text during a P: T508 Written Music Theory Review for projects in electronic music. Course may be Musicology (cr. arr.) 24-hour period. Graduate Students, and M541 Music History repeated. K710 Composition Graduate Elective (2-4 cr.) M401-M402 History and Literature of Music Review for Graduate Students I or M542 Music K451-K452 Advanced Orchestration I-II Individual lessons in composition. Concurrent I-II (4-4 cr.) Style analysis, visual and aural, of History Review for Graduate Students II, or (2-2 cr.) P: K214-K215 Instrumentation I-II. registration in I500 Performance and representative compositions, and relationship equivalents. Life and works of representative Practical orchestration in all its applications. Composition Masterclass is required. of music to sociocultural background of each composers in the cultural and historical K500 Computer Music Notation (2 cr.) An K810 Composition Graduate Minor or Cognate epoch. I. P: T252 Music Theory and Literature context of their era; emphasis on the overview of available notation software, as (2-4 cr.) Individual lessons in composition. IV or equivalent. History of music from development of individual style through well as in-depth training in music notation on Concurrent registration in I500 Performance and beginnings of Western civilization to 1750. analysis of characteristic works. May be the computer. Composition Masterclass is required. II. P: T252 Music Theory and Literature IV or repeated for different composers only. equivalent. History of music from 1750 to the K503 Electronic Studio Resources I (3 cr.) M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.) K910 Composition Graduate Major (3-6 cr.) present. P: Consent of instructor. An introduction to the Individual lessons in composition. Concurrent Inquiry into selected aspects of music M410 Composer or Genre (3 cr.) P: M401- computer music studio, techniques of digital registration in I500 Performance and literature and history related to specific recording and editing, analog and FM Composition Masterclass is required. M402 History and Literature of Music I-II. Life repertories, genres, styles, performance synthesis, MIDI sequencing, and a and works of representative composers in practices/traditions, historiography, or comprehensive study of the literature and Music History and Literature historical context or survey of a major musical criticism. Research project required. May be styles of the classic tape studios. *The course numbers marked with asterisks do genre and its historical evolution. Emphasis on repeated for different topics only. stylistic development in the music literature K504 Electronic Studio Resources II (3 cr.) not meet requirements for either a major or M513 Latin American Popular Music (3 cr.) studied. P: K503 Electronic Studio Resources I. Study of minor in music history and literature. Survey of Latin American popular music advanced synthesis techniques, digital M385 Film Sound and Film Music (3 cr.) M413 Latin American Popular Music (3 cr.) genres and musical components, focusing on sampling, video synchronization, and P: permission of instructor; music majors— Historical and cultural aspects in the their specific instruments and performance multimedia applications. required, MUS T252, recommended, CMLT development of representative popular genres practices. The course also examines Latin K506 Projects in Electronic Music (2-3 cr.) C190; certificate students in Film Studies— as they appear in Latin America, the American music within a social, economic, P: K503-K504. Advanced projects in required, CMLT C190, recommended CMLT Caribbean, and the U.S. Issues of performance and religious context. The class includes electroacoustic composition. Course may be C391. Historical and technical survey of the and instrumentation and the output of lecture and laboratory sessions, involving repeated. film soundtrack; critical and aesthetic issues in significant composers, arrangers and ensemble practice, guided listening, concert performers. Open to majors and non-majors. K509 Seminar in Computer Music (3 cr.) film sound, with an emphasis on music. and film attendance, and/or workshops with Two hours lecture, one hour performance guest artists. P: K504 Electronic Studio Resources II or M392 Art Musics of the Non-Western World ensemble lab. Will not count as X040 credit. permission of instructor. Study of advanced (3 cr.) An introductory survey of the art musics M517*-M518*-M519* Literature and topics in computer music, including direct of Asia and Africa; musical instruments, Performance Practice (3-3-3 cr.) I. Medieval 72 School of Music School of Music 73

II. Renaissance III. Baroque. The basic M551 Introduction to Historical Musicology An in-depth study of the life, times, and music M636* Performance Practice since 1750 (3 cr.) literature of the periods with performance- (3 cr.) Survey of bibliography and problems of Duke Ellington. Styles of solo and ensemble performance of oriented analysis, survey of original sources, and methods of historical research. M584* Research in the History and Analysis instrumental and vocal music from Classic and study of performance-related theoretical M554* Early Instruments (3 cr.) A study of of Jazz (3 cr.) P: Graduate standing and M393 period to modern times. Changing aspects of works. early instruments and their place in musical History of Jazz or M395 Contemporary Jazz medium, tempo, dynamics, phrasing, etc. M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr.) performance during the Middle Ages and the and Soul Music. For advanced students applied to problems of musical interpretation. P: T508 Written Music Theory Review for Renaissance. Examination of documents desiring to do research in non–course areas of M637* Seminar in Percussion History (3 cr.) Graduate Students, and M541 Music History relating to the development of instruments, jazz. Individual research in the analysis, P: Consent of instructor. A survey of Review for Graduate Students I or M542 Music their playing techniques, and their influence history, music theory, or literature of jazz masterworks. The origin, development, and History Review for Graduate Students II, or on music. Satisfies colloquium requirement for schools, styles, performers, and instrumental influences of indigenous instruments and their equivalents. Emphasis on the eighteenth and musicology. idioms. May be taken more than once, but for a uses in twentieth-century music. nineteenth centuries. M556 Research in the History and Literature maximum of 6 credit hours. M638* Percussion Ensemble Literature (3 cr.) M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.) P: T508 of Music (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. For M585* Seminar in the Literature of the Large P: Consent of instructor. Percussion ensemble Written Music Theory Review for Graduate advanced students in music literature or Jazz Ensemble (3 cr.) P: Jazz majors only; literature and the techniques of organizing, Students, and M541 Music History Review for musicology desiring to do research in others by consent of instructor. The study of managing, rehearsing, and conducting Graduate Students I or M542 Music History non–course areas of music literature. classic big band literature (Ellington, Basie, percussion ensembles. Review for Graduate Students II, or M558* Topics in Early Music (1 cr.) Variable Kenton, Herman, etc.). M641* Brass Literature I (3 cr.) Teaching equivalents. Orchestral music of the eighteenth topics. Survey of basic research techniques and M586* Chamber Jazz: Literature and materials for horn, trumpet, cornet, trombone, and nineteenth centuries. research tools in Medieval, Renaissance, and Performance (3 cr.) P: Jazz majors only; others euphonium, and tuba. Elementary and M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.) Baroque music. Preparation of performance by consent of instructor. The music of the advanced exercises, etudes, methods for class P: T508 Written Music Theory Review for material from original sources. seminal small groups. and private instruction, clef and transposition Graduate Students, and M541 Music History M560* Woodwind Seminar (3 cr.) Guided M598 Colloquium in Musicology (3 cr.) studies, and orchestral repertoire. Survey of Review for Graduate Students I or M542 Music research in the history, bibliography, and P: musicology majors only. Problems and sources providing announcement and History Review for Graduate Students II, or pedagogy of woodwind instruments. issues in musicology stressing the evaluation of new materials. equivalents. Emphasis on eighteenth and M561*-M562*-M563*-M564* History and development of individual projects. May be M642* Brass Literature II (3 cr.) Solo and nineteenth centuries. Literature of Opera I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.) taken more than once. chamber music literature for horn, trumpet, M531*-M532* Song Literature III-IV (3-3 cr.) Musical and dramatic content of operas M599* Thesis in Jazz (3 cr.) cornet, trombone, euphonium, and tuba. Advanced survey of both standard and non- Development of brass instruments and forming standard international repertoire; and M601 Topics in Music Research (3 cr.) P: T508 standard non-operatic solo vocal repertoire of literature from Renaissance to the present. survey of major composers’ stylistic Written Music Theory Review for Graduate the United States, the British Isles, Italy, Survey of sources providing announcement development and establishment of each Students, and M541 Music History Review for Germany, Austria, France, and other nations. and evaluation of new materials. opera’s relationship to its dramatic and Graduate Students I or M542 Music History Techniques and application of song study, musical milieu. I. Monteverdi to Gluck. II. Review for Graduate Students II, or M643* Seminar in Harp Literature I (3 cr.) musicianship, interpretation, performance Mozart to Donizetti. III. Verdi, Wagner, and equivalents. Inquiry into selected questions, A comprehensive survey of harp literature practice, and program building. nineteenth-century national schools. IV. issues, and problems in music history and (solo and orchestral) of all periods and the M539* Introduction to Music Bibliography Verismo and the twentieth century. literature. Research project required. May be exploration in depth of the various styles and (cr. arr.) Music reference and research tools in M565* Master’s Seminar in Choral Literature repeated for different topics only. performance practices of each period. all areas of music; use of library resources and (3 cr.) Historical and structural analysis of M619 Voice Lecture/Recital (2 cr.) M644* Seminar in Harp Literature II (3 cr.) networks; and bibliographic style and major choral literature from the Renaissance to M620 Doctoral Document/Essay (cr. arr.) A comprehensive survey of harp literature technique. Formal paper required. the present. Different literature covered each (chamber and ensemble) of all periods and the M541*-M542* Music History Review for semester. To be taken twice, concurrently with M627* Independent Study of the Literature exploration in depth of the various styles and Graduate Students I-II (3-3 cr.) Designed to G562 Master’s Choral Conducting II. of the Guitar I (3 cr.) Survey of guitar performance practices of each period. literature to 1800. Two papers required. satisfy deficiencies indicated by the graduate M571* Seminar in Symphonic Literature M645*-M646*-M647*-M648* Seminar in entrance examination in music history and (3 cr.) For majors and minors in conducting. M628* Independent Study of the Literature Piano Literature I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.) literature. I. Before 1750. II. After 1750. All aspects of the study and conducting of of the Guitar II (3 cr.) Survey of guitar Discussion of historical, stylistic, formal, and Removal of deficiency requires a grade of C symphonic literature and related areas. May be Literature since 1800. Two papers required. aesthetic aspects of a period and its leading or better. repeated three times for degree credit. M629* Vocal Music in Latin America (3 cr.) composers; performance of a wide range of M543* Keyboard Literature from 1700 to 1830 M575* Seminar in Wind Literature (3 cr.) Solo, choral, and operatic music from representative works. I. Baroque, Pre-Classical, (3 cr.) Literature for stringed keyboard Variable topics for majors and minors in wind aboriginal times to the present, with an and Classical. II. Late Classical and Early instruments from the age of Bach and his conducting. Wind literature selected according emphasis on repertory useful for concerts and Romantic. III. Romantic. IV. Twentieth contemporaries through the early romantics. to genre, chamber winds, wind ensemble, and recitals. Century. Historical, stylistic, formal, and aesthetic concert band. M631* Twentieth-Century Music in Hispanic M651 Medieval Music (3 cr.) P: M541 Music features. M582* The Bebop Era (3 cr.) P: M393 History America (3 cr.) Background and traditions, rise History Review for Graduate Students I and M544* Piano Literature from 1830 to the of Jazz and M395 Contemporary Jazz and Soul and development of nationalism, and avant- T508 Written Music Theory Review for Present (3 cr.) Historical, stylistic, formal, and Music, or consent of departmental chairperson. garde music. Graduate Students, or their equivalents. aesthetic features. An in-depth study of the music that represents M635* Performance Practice before 1750 M652 Renaissance Music (3 cr.) P: M541 M547*-M548* Woodwind Literature I-II the jazz common practice period (ca. 1940- (3 cr.) Styles of solo and ensemble performance Music History Review for Graduate Students I (3-3 cr.) I. Solo repertoire and chamber music 1955). Charlie Parker, Dizzy Gillespie, Bud of instrumental and vocal music from the and T508 Written Music Theory Review for for woodwind instruments, including Powell, Max Roach, etc. Middle Ages through the Baroque period: Graduate Students, or their equivalents. woodwind instruments with strings and/or M583* Duke Ellington (3 cr.) P: M393 History medium, dynamics, tempo, ornamentation and M653 Music of the Baroque Period (3 cr.) brasses. II. Orchestral literature and major of Jazz and M395 Contemporary Jazz and Soul improvisation, temperament. Editing and P: M541 Music History Review for Graduate works for large wind ensemble. Music, or consent of departmental chairperson. performing of works for old and modern Students I and T508 Written Music Theory instruments. 74 School of Music School of Music 75

Review for Graduate Students, or their M690* Seminar in Latin American Music school honors committee. For honors students N517 Internship in Arts Technology (3 cr.) equivalents. (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. For advanced only. P: N516 Advanced Interactive Design M654 Classic Music (3 cr.) P: M542 Music students in musicology and music theory. Applications in the Arts or consent of History Review for Graduate Students II and Formal research paper required. May be taken Music Technology (courses offered instructor. An internship for students to work T508 Written Music Theory Review for more than once for credit toward the Ph.D. at IUPUI) with experts in arts technology fields who are Graduate Students, or their equivalents. M691 Seminar in Medieval Music (3 cr.) N512 Foundations of Music Production (3 cr.) using new applications in commercial and educational settings. Requirements include M655 Romantic Music (3 cr.) P: M542 Music P: Consent of instructor. For advanced Examines foundations and principles of music development of a technology project proposal; History Review for Graduate Students II and students in musicology and music theory. production. Topics include publishing, print interview resume and project presentation; on- T508 Written Music Theory Review for Formal research paper required. May be taken media, music composition, methods, site intern residency; project report; and oral Graduate Students, or their equivalents. more than once for credit toward the Ph.D. textbooks, multimedia, computer and and media presentation of the project. M656 Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.) M692 Seminar in Renaissance Music (3 cr.) electronic transmission of computer imaging, and sound and video. Other aspects covered N518 Arts Technology Major Projects (3 cr.) P: M542 Music History Review for Graduate P: Consent of instructor. For advanced are broadcast media, television graphics, P: N516 Advanced Interactive Design Students II and T508 Written Music Theory students in musicology and music theory. sampling and reproduction of sound and Applications in the Arts or consent of Review for Graduate Students, or their Formal research paper required. May be taken images, and multimedia and computer instructor. Students create and present a equivalents. more than once for credit toward the Ph.D. M693 Seminar in Baroque Music (3 cr.) applications. multimedia teaching/training project that M657* Doctoral Seminar in Choral Literature combines one or more of several elements of P: Consent of instructor. For advanced N513 Principles of Multimedia Technology (3 cr.) Historical and analytical studies of music technology, including CD-ROM, students in musicology and music theory. (3 cr.) P: N512 Foundations of Music major choral literature. videodisc, digital audio and video, and MIDI. Formal research paper required. May be taken Production or consent of instructor. Examines M661-M662 Notation of Polyphonic Music Requirements include development of a more than once for credit toward the Ph.D. theories and research in the use of computer I-II (3-3 cr.) I. Modal and black mensural technology with a special focus on curriculum project proposal, presentation of the proposal, notation. II. White mensural notation and M694 Seminar in Classical Music (3 cr.) development of the project, delivery of a final P: Consent of instructor. For advanced design and implementation of technology; tablature. learning and training theory paradigms; and report, and a media presentation. M665*-M666* Survey of Violin Literature I-II students in musicology and music theory. Formal research paper required. May be taken technology selection and assessment for (cr. arr.) I. Baroque and Classic. II. Romantic to Opera more than once for credit toward the Ph.D. learner-centered, individualized instruction present. and training. Implementation and assessment R241 Introduction to Musical Theater (2 cr.) M695 Seminar in Romantic Music (3 cr.) M667*-M668* Survey of Violoncello of designs for specific instructional models are P: Sophomore standing. Concepts of musical P: Consent of instructor. For advanced Literature I-II (cr. arr.) I. Baroque and Classic. included. theater (musical comedy, operetta, and opera). students in musicology and music theory. II. Romantic to present. N514 Music Technology Methods (3 cr.) Stage terminology, direction, and technology. Formal research paper required. May be taken Rehearsal techniques. M669*-M670* Seminar in String Quartet more than once for credit toward the Ph.D. Sequencing and music notation technology Literature I-II (2-2 cr.) P: M528 Chamber applied to current and emerging digital arts R300 Scenic Design for Opera (3 cr.) Applied M696 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Music Music Literature or equivalent. I. Haydn technologies, multimedia techniques applied study and practice of scenic drawing, drawing (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. For advanced through Schubert. II. High Romantic to to sound-based stimuli, and MIDI applications from nature, and architectural design. Five students in musicology and music theory. present. For doctoral string students. for video graphics and storyboard techniques. hours of studio class per week. Formal research paper required. May be taken This course explores the development of Music R301 Advanced Scenic Design for Opera M671* Seminar in Symphonic Literature more than once for credit toward the Ph.D. (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Baton Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) and (3 cr.) P: Permission of instructor. The practice M697 Advanced Seminar Materials in Early techniques and critical examination of scores; related uses. and study of opera and ballet scenic design Music (3 cr.) P: M661-M662 Notation of problems of rehearsal and interpretation. May N515 Multimedia Design Applications in the techniques, including research and analysis, Polyphonic Music I-II (3-3 cr.) or equivalent, be repeated for degree credit. Arts: Application Design (3 cr.) P: Consent of floor plan drafting, model construction, and M554 Early Instruments, and M539 rendering techniques. M675*-M676*-M677*-M678* Seminar in instructor. Presents the principles and Introduction to Music Bibliography. The use of fundamentals of instructional design and R320 Workshop in Scenic Technique (3 cr.) Organ Literature (3-3-3-3 cr.) Performance of original sources as performance material. representative works from each period and design technique using authoring tools on PC, Study and practice of opera scene construction, Study and application of appropriate Macintosh, and emerging computer platforms. painting, lighting, costumes, and makeup. Five discussion of stylistic, historical, formal, and theoretical works relevant to historical aesthetic features. I. Renaissance and Baroque. Covers storyboarding, planning, and hours of studio class and eight hours of performance practices. Critique of historical organization of scripts; use of current laboratory per week. II. Classic, Romantic, and Twentieth Century. editions changing repertory. May be repeated. III. Special topics in organ literature. technology, computers, and video and digital R325 Opera/Ballet Costume Construction I M698 Individual Seminar in Musicology art equipment; computer-assisted design M679* Seminar in Wind Literature (3 cr.) (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Techniques of (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. For advanced software tools and management of design Variable topics. Historical and analytical study costume construction, including pattern and students in musicology and music theory. team concepts. fabric selection, cutting, draping, sewing, of major wind literature. Participation in the Formal research paper required. May be taken work of the band department required. N516 Advanced Interactive Design decoration, and fitting. more than once for credit toward the Ph.D. Applications in the Arts (3 cr.) P: N515 M681* Seminar in Coaching, Conducting, R326 Opera/Ballet Costume Construction II M700 Dissertation in Musicology (cr. arr.) Multimedia Design Applications in the Arts: and Literature of Opera (3 cr.) (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Continuation of Performance Application Design or consent of instructor. practice in the coaching and conducting of Honors R325 Opera/Ballet Costume Construction I. Incorporates extensive analysis and use of R330 Seminar in History of Stage Design and opera. Participation in work of Opera Theater N399 Honors Seminar in Music (3 cr.) computer and multimedia authoring tools for Architecture (2 cr.) History of stage design and required. May be repeated. P: Admission to the School of Music educational applications. Project management architecture from Greek theater to the present. M685* Vocal Literature Before 1800 (3 cr.) undergraduate honors program. Reading and and programming team organization; media Three hours of studio class per week. M686*-M687* Romantic Song Literature and discussion in special topics ranging from management and selection criteria for digital Oratorio I-II (3-3 cr.) performance practice to music and culture. arts media development; task analysis and R351-R352 Workshop in Opera Stage Direction I-II (3-3 cr.) Approaches to staging M688* Twentieth-Century Vocal Literature N499 Honors Project in Music (3 cr.) P: N399 instructional sequencing applied to an opera. Techniques of rehearsal planning, (3 cr.) Honors Seminar in Music and approval of the training/instruction; and assessment modeling and feedback schedules are examined. blocking, timing, technical coordination, and 76 School of Music School of Music 77 chorus organization. Practice in staging scenes Stage Director I-II. Operatic rehearsal majors only. It is strongly recommended that Theory and Literature V. Twentieth-century from operas. techniques. this course be taken concurrently with T152 materials. A grade of C or better is required for R391-R392 Dramatic Coaching I-II (2-2 cr.) R510 Graduate Project in Scene Design for Music Theory and Literature II. Diatonic the course. (fall, spring, summer) Organization of musical theater. Basic Musical Production (4 cr.) Complete design melody and harmony; two-part counterpoint. T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.) techniques for the singing actor. Movements, for one opera or ballet production including Aural skills, music reading, and keyboard. A P: T151-T152-T251-T252 Music Theory and carriage, posture, and interpretation sketches for scenery, costumes, props, grade of C or better is required for the course. Literature I-II-III-IV; music majors only. Study developed individually and in groups with makeup, floor plans, working drawings, etc. (fall, spring, summer) of music from around 1910 to the present; new emphasis on integration of music and action. R512 Advanced Scene Painting Laboratory T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.) compositional and analytical procedures. (fall, R400 Undergraduate Readings in Opera Project (4 cr.) Applied techniques in the P: T109 Rudiments of Music I with grade of C spring, summer) (cr. arr.) execution of the scenery painting for one or higher or equivalent; score of 50-69 percent T400 Undergraduate Readings in Music R451 Problems of Opera Production (3 cr.) complete musical production as assigned. on Basic Musicianship Test and concurrent Theory (cr. arr.) Independent study on a enrollment in T109 Rudiments of Music I; or Choosing repertory, securing materials, R514 Graduate Seminar in History of Stage topic approved by the Department of Music consent of instructor. Introduction to the translation, budget planning, and promotion. Design and Architecture (2 cr.) Detailed Theory prior to enrollment in the course. literature and analysis of music through examination of the history of stage design and T410 Topics in Music Theory (3 cr.) P: Junior R452 Styles in Opera Acting (3 cr.) Advanced detailed study of representative compositions. architectural styles from Greek theater to the standing or consent of instructor. Study of survey and practice of styles of operatic acting Introduction to diatonic harmony. (fall) according to historical period and national present. Three hours of studio class per week selected compositions of a particular T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.) characteristics. and individual research projects as assigned. composer, historical period, or genre. P: Either T151 Music Theory and Literature I R515 Graduate Technical Direction (2 cr.) Emphasis on music and its relation to R453 Project in Opera Stage Direction (1 cr.) (minimum grade D–) and T109 Rudiments of Technical direction for one complete musical theoretical and compositional ideas. May be Actual staging for public performance of a Music I (minimum grade C), or a grade of C or production, including setup scheduling, cue repeated for different topics. one-act opera with piano accompaniment and better in T151(without the T109 requirement). sheets, and working plots. T412 Advanced Aural and Keyboard minimal decor. Diatonic harmony continued, and introduction Techniques (3 cr.) P: T232 Musical Skills III R463 Individual Projects in Opera Stage R516 Graduate Lighting Design (2 cr.) to chromatic harmony. Two-voice tonal and T252 Music Theory and Literature IV, or Design (1 cr.) Complete design and Lighting design and execution for one counterpoint and analysis of small forms. consent of instructor. Listening in context to execution of a one- or two-scene opera complete musical production. (spring) music of various style periods. Keyboard skills production. R517 Graduate Stage Management (1 cr.) T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.) P: T109 Complete execution of stage management for a (e.g., figured bass, harmonization, and score R464 Individual Project in Opera Technical Rudiments of Music I or equivalent; T132 reading). Direction (1 cr.) Complete technical direction musical production. Musical Skills I; music majors only. It is T416 Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.) of a one- or two-scene opera production. R518 Graduate Stage Direction for Designers strongly recommended that this course be P: T232 Musical Skills III and T252 Music (1 cr.) The student assists the stage director in taken concurrently with T251 Music Theory R471-R472 Opera Workshop I-II (3-3 cr.) Theory and Literature IV. The techniques of regard to rehearsal techniques, prompt book and Literature III. Melody, harmony, and Technical and performing aspects of the counterpoint with an emphasis on a particular preparation, and production planning for one counterpoint continued; some chromaticism. production of light and grand opera as they style, such as that of the sixteenth or musical production. Aural skills, music reading, and keyboard. A pertain to singing actors and ensembles. eighteenth century. R491-R492 Dramatic Coaching III-IV (2-2 cr.) R571-R572 Opera Workshop V-VI (3-3 cr.) grade of C or better is required for the course. (fall, spring, summer) T417 Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.) P: T232- P: R391-R392 Dramatic Coaching I-II. R589 Physical Alignment in Singing (2 cr.) T252 Musical Skills III-IV. Analytical T232 Musical Skills III (1 cr.) P: T109 Instruction in portrayal of individual operatic Hands-on work on the relationship between techniques for the study of tonal music of the Rudiments of Music I or equivalent; T132-T231 roles. the mental, skeletal, and muscular systems of eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. the body and efficient movement, posture, Musical Skills I-II; music majors only. It is R493 Vocal Styles in Opera (2 cr.) Exploration T418 Music and Ideas (3 cr.) breath, and resonance. Required for singers in strongly recommended that this course be P: Junior of vocal styles and performance practices in standing or consent of instructor. An opera from Gluck to the present. the Professional Opera Performer Diploma. taken concurrently with T252 Music Theory Open to others with the permission of the and Literature IV. Chromatic melody and introduction to the philosophy of music and R502 Stage Management (1 cr.) Survey of the instructor. Repeatable. harmony. Aural skills, music reading, and the history and problems of musical aesthetics. duties and responsibilities of the stage R591-R592 Dramatic Coaching I-II (1-1 cr.) keyboard. A grade of C or better is required T508 Written Music Theory Review for manager in opera. The student is expected to for the course. (fall, spring, summer) Graduate Students (3 cr.) Designed to satisfy serve as stage manager for at least one of the Instruction in portrayal of individual operatic roles. T251 Music Theory and Literature III (3 cr.) deficiencies indicated by the Graduate Music productions of the IU Opera Theater. Theory Entering Proficiency Examination. Part P: T151-T152 Music Theory and Literature I-II; Preparation of the production book is R600 Opera Performance (1 cr.) For M.M. writing, form, and harmonization. Removal of emphasized. voice majors with consent of voice faculty to music majors only. Study of music with an emphasis on the eighteenth century: deficiency requires a grade of C or better. If R503 Seminar in Opera Production Project substitute an opera role for the second recital counterpoint, basic harmonic procedures, and T511 Aural Music Theory Review for Graduate (2 cr.) requirement. A guided study of research and formal types. (fall) Students is also required, T508 Written Music preparation for an opera that the student Theory Review for Graduate Students should Music Theory T252 Music Theory and Literature IV (3 cr.) director will attempt to realize on the stage. be taken first. (fall, summer) Semesters when certain courses are usually P: T151-T152-T251 Music Theory and R504 Opera Production Project (1 cr.) Staging T509 Sight-Singing Review for Graduate offered are indicated ‘‘fall’’, ‘‘spring’’, and Literature I-II-III; music majors only. Study of of a one-act opera or its equivalent and Students (3 cr.) Designed to satisfy deficiencies ‘‘summer.’’ Check the most recent schedule music from the nineteenth and early twentieth submission of the director’s prepared prompt indicated by the Graduate Music Theory information to confirm availability centuries with an emphasis on structural book. Entering Proficiency Examination. Music T109 Rudiments of Music I (3 cr.) analysis and advanced harmonic procedures. R505-R506 Score Analysis for Stage Direction (spring) reading involving intervals, scales, chord I-II-III-IV (3-3 cr.) Fundamentals of notation, ear training, and outlines, rhythm patterns, and meter through C: R507-R508 Operatic T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.) P: T109 music reading. Melody and beginning solo and ensemble singing. Removal of Rehearsal Techniques III-IV. Score analysis for Rudiments of Music I or equivalent; T132- the stage director. harmony. A grade of C or better is required for reading deficiency requires a grade of C or the course. (fall, spring, summer) T231-T232 Musical Skills I-II-III; music majors R507-R508 Operatic Rehearsal Technique III- better. (fall of each year, summer of odd- T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.) only. It is strongly recommended that this IV (3-3 cr.) C: R505-R506 Score Analysis for the P: T109 numbered years) Rudiments of Music I or equivalent; music course be taken concurrently with T351 Music 78 School of Music School of Music 79

T511 Aural Music Theory Review for T560 Music Analysis: Variable Topics (3 cr.) execution of stage lighting. Emphasis on uses U305 String Instrument Repair (1 cr.) String Graduate Students (3 cr.) Designed to satisfy P: T508 Written Music Theory Review for of color and projection. Electrical special instrument maintenance and repair. For music deficiencies indicated by the Graduate Music Graduate Students or equivalent or consent of effects and properties. Ten hours of class and education students. Theory Entering Proficiency Examination. instructor. May be repeated for different laboratory per week. U350 Individualized Music Cognate Area Removal of deficiency requires a grade of D or topics. U107-U108 Stage Rigging I-II (2-2 cr.) Survey Readings and Research (1-6 cr.) Open only to higher. If T508 Written Music Theory Review T561 Music Theory: Variable Topics (3 cr.) of hand and motorized scenery handling students accepted for an individualized for Graduate Students is also required, it P: Consent of instructor. May be repeated for equipment. Problems in stress analysis and cognate area. should be taken before T511 Aural Music different topics. design of simple moving and stationary scenic U361 English Diction for Singers (1 cr.) Drill Theory Review for Graduate Students. (spring T591 Teaching of Music Theory I (3 cr.) structures, platforms, bridges, wagons, on phonetics with application to singing. May of each year, summer of even-numbered years) P: T508 Written Music Theory Review for turntables, and flying elements. Two hours of be taken for undergraduate and graduate T531 Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (3 cr.) Graduate Students or equivalent. Comparative class per week. credit. P: T508 Written Music Theory Review for analysis of teaching techniques, procedures, U109 Computer Skills for Musicians (2 cr.) U371 Costume Construction Graduation Graduate Students or equivalent. Analysis of, and materials, with practical application. Computer music notation systems and the use Examination (0 cr.) and composition in, the style of J. S. Bach and (spring, summer) of word processing, graphics, data base, and his contemporaries. (fall, summer) U381 Stagecraft Technology Graduation T592 Teaching of Music Theory II (3 cr.) other computer programs in music research Examination (0 cr.) T532 Stylistic Counterpoint: Variable Topics P: T591 Teaching of Music Theory I or consent and teaching. (3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Review U391 String Instrument Technology of instructor. Variable topics in music theory U110 Special Topics in Music (2 cr.) Various Graduate Examination (0 cr.) for Graduate Students or equivalent. Analysis pedagogy. topics from semester to semester. U396 Introduction to MIDI and Computer of, and composition in, the contrapuntal style T619-T620 Projects and Problems in Music U131 Theater Drafting (2 cr.) Scale and of a given period, e.g., the sixteenth-century Music (3 cr.) P: modest working knowledge of Theory I-II (cr. arr.) P: Consent of music freehand drawing techniques of simple scenic sacred style, the madrigal school, the romantic personal computers, easily obtainable through theory department. Investigation and research elements. Reading of shop drawings and period. May be repeated for different topics. a short UCS Jumpstart class, and a willingness in the field of music theory designed to meet elevations. Two hours of class per week. T545 Analysis of Music Literature (3 cr.) to work hard. Course designed to teach both individual needs of graduate students. U133 Survey of Theatrical Styles (2 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Review for musicians and non-musicians about the basics T623-T624 The History of Music Theory I-II Architectural and scenic styles by historical Graduate Students and M541-M542 Music of the MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital (3-3 cr.) I. Musical systems of antiquity; modal, and geographical boundaries, including History Review for Graduate Students I-II, or Interface) system, its software and hardware. rhythmic, and contrapuntal music theory to furnishings and scenic properties. Two hours equivalent. Basic techniques of analysis Will include MIDI sequencing, digital 1600. (fall of odd-numbered years) II. Music of class per week. applied to a selection of music literature sampling, principles of digital synthesis, theory from 1600 through Schenker, U200 Special Projects in Technology (1-8 cr.) digital audio editing. Geared to those with emphasizing works from the seventeenth Schoenberg, and Hindemith. (spring of even- century through the early twentieth century. P: Consent of instructor. May be repeated for little prior technical training. numbered years) additional credit. T550 Readings in Music Theory (3 cr.) P: T508 U400 Unassigned Undergraduate T655 Seminar in Music Theory: Tonal Music U201-U202 Piano Technology I-II (2-2 cr.) Performance Major (cr. arr.) P: Permission of Written Music Theory Review for Graduate (3 cr.) P: T555 Schenkerian Analysis or consent Students or equivalent. Introduction to the U201 is a prerequisite for U202. Recommended director of undergraduate studies or dean of of instructor. Readings in twentieth-century for piano majors. Introduction to science of School of Music. Temporary section during discipline of music theory: objectives, issues, theories of tonal music analysis and critical trends, methods, resources, and literature. tuning in equal temperament, structure of registration process. applications of methodologies derived from piano, and mechanism of piano’s action. U401 Organ Construction and Design (2 cr.) (spring) the readings. (fall of even-numbered years) U233 Applied French Diction for Singers A study of the mechanics of pipe organ action T551 Introduction to Analytical Techniques T656 Seminar in Music Theory: Atonal Music (3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Review (1 cr.) P or C: French F100, College of Arts and and of all aspects of pipe work from both the (3 cr.) P: T556 Analysis of Twentieth-Century Sciences. Drill on phonetics and application to historical and the practical points of view. The for Graduate Students or equivalent. Music or consent of instructor. Readings in Analytical techniques for tonal music. (fall, song and opera. course covers basic routines of maintenance, theories of atonal music analysis and critical U243 Applied German Diction for Singers such as tuning and repair of instruments by summer) applications of methodologies derived from (1 cr.) P or C: German G100, College of Arts contemporary builders. T555 Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.) P: T508 the readings. (spring of odd-numbered years) Written Music Theory Review for Graduate and Sciences. Drill on phonetics and U404 Harp Technology (2 cr.) A study of the T658 Seminar in Music Theory: Variable application to song and opera. principles, problems, repair, and general Students or equivalent; and T551 Introduction Topics (3 cr.) (spring) to Analytical Techniques or consent of U253 Applied Italian Diction for Singers mechanics of the harp action and of all aspects instructor. Develops skill in applying Heinrich T659 Public Lecture (0 cr.) Presentation to (1 cr.) P or C: Italian M100, College of Arts and of design from both the historical and practical Schenker’s analytic method for tonal music of the public of one of the research projects for Sciences. Drill on phonetics and application to points of view. The course covers all basic the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. T655 Seminar in Music Theory: Tonal Music, song and opera. routines of repairs, tuning adjustments, (spring) T656 Seminar in Music Theory: Atonal Music, U263 Pronunciation of Historical Languages maintenance, and intricate regulation of or T658 Seminar in Music Theory: Variable various instruments. T556 Analysis of Twentieth-Century Music (3 cr.) A survey of the changes in the Topics. (3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Review pronunciation of Romance and Germanic U411 Concert Management (3 cr.) On national for Graduate Students or equivalent. T700 Dissertation in Music Theory (cr. arr.) languages from the Middle Ages to the and local levels. Mechanics of management, booking of concert artists and attractions, Twentieth-century compositions and analytical Unclassified Courses eighteenth century. techniques. (fall, summer) U274-U275 History of Violin Making I-II organized-audience plan, local concert series, U101-U102 Scenery Construction I-II (4-4 cr.) and symphony management. T557 Studies in the Theory of Music (2 cr.) (3-3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Seminar in Methodology of hand and power wood and P: T550 Readings in Music Theory and T551 the history and literature of string instrument U412 Music Theater Management (3 cr.) metal working. Characteristics and strengths Introduction to Analytical Techniques. For technology. Study of the manufacture and Problems of management in operas; of materials and uses as structural and master’s students in music theory. (spring) repair of string instruments from the earliest organizational structure, business aspects, decorative elements. Ten hours of class and public relations and support, repertoire T558 Master’s Degree Review (0 cr.) time to the present, with emphasis on the work Master’s laboratory per week. selection, casting, coaching, directing, and degree review; concurrent registration with of the master luthiers. Outside readings. Three U104-U105 Stage Lighting I-II (3-3 cr.) Study rehearsing; design and execution of scenery, T557 Studies in the Theory of Music required. hours of class per week. of instrumentation and practice in design and (spring) 80 School of Music School of Music 81 costumes, properties, and lighting; and booking of concert artists and attractions, and Instruction. Enrollment determined in Z395 Contemporary Jazz and Soul Music technical production. organized-audience plan, local concert series, consultation with individual faculty members (3 cr.) A survey of contemporary jazz and soul U440 Practicum I-II-III-IV (2-2-2-2 cr.) and symphony management. of the minor program. (rhythm and blues) music and musicians in the Supervised execution of the technology of U520 Music Library Information Processing U800 Unassigned Graduate Performance United States. For non–music majors only. construction, repair, and operation of scenic (3 cr.) P: Demonstrable skill with at least one Minor (cr. arr.) P: Permission of director of Z396 Introduction to MIDI and Computer elements and theatrical equipment. Ten hours computing application (e.g., a programming graduate studies or dean of School of Music. Music (3 cr.) P: modest working knowledge of per week each semester. language or a word processing, database, or Temporary section during registration process. personal computers, easily obtainable through U453 Italian Operatic Diction (1 cr.) P: U253 spreadsheet application). Introduction to U900 Unassigned Graduate Performance a short UCS Jumpstart class, and a willingness Applied Italian Diction for Singers and consent information distribution as it relates to the Major (cr. arr.) P: Permission of director of to work hard. Course designed to teach both of instructor. Coaching in Italian diction library applications, including hardware graduate studies or dean of School of Music. musicians and non-musicians about the basics involving the standard Italian repertoire. platforms, operating systems, networks and Temporary section during registration process. of the MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital U450 Individualized Music Cognate Area network servers, database structure and the Interface) system, its software and hardware. organization of audio-, score-, and textfile Will include MIDI sequencing, digital Final Project (0 cr.) Open only to students Nonmajor Academic Courses objects, analog and digital data standards and sampling, principles of digital synthesis, accepted for an individualized music cognate Z101-Z102 Music for the Listener I-II (3-3 cr.) processing, and multimedia resources for digital audio editing Geared to those with area. How to listen to music; art of music and its library use. Offered in the spring semester of little prior technical training. U465 Techniques of Woodwind materials; and instruments and musical forms. of odd-numbered years. Z401 The Music of the Beatles (3 cr.) P: Z201 Craftsmanship (cr. arr.) Special topics such as Z103 Special Topics in Music for Nonmajors U521 MIDI and Computer Music (3 cr.) P: or Z202 and permission of instructor. An in- reed making, instrument building, and repair. (3 cr.) Demonstrable skill with at least one depth, song-by-song look at the music, lives, Course may be repeated for credit. Z111 Introduction to Music Theory (3 cr.) computing application (e.g., a programming and times of the Beatles. The course focuses on A study of fundamentals of the language and U470 Violin Repair I-II-III-IV (6-6-6-6 cr.) language or a word processing, database, or the music and is aimed at heightening student notation of music: listening, music reading and P: Consent of instructor. I-II. Study and spreadsheet application). Electroacoustic listening skills as well as fostering a deeper writing, and the elements of music as used in a practice of string instrument technology, resources enabling digital processing of video appreciation for the Beatles’ recordings. Music variety of genres and historical periods. Open including general repairs done from outside and audio, integration and synchronization of is supplemented by biographical information to non–music majors and students in the the instrument, bow refurbishing, and use of audio and video, standards for codes (e.g., and many films and videos, including the School of Music interested in a general hand and power tools. III-IV. Advanced study MIDI), issues of hardware and software Beatles “Anthology,” which is seen in background in music. and practice of string instrument technology, integration, and basic studio production, installments over the course of the semester. including general and major repair done after Z171-Z172 Opera Theater Series I-II (2-2 cr.) equipment, and management. Z402 Music of Frank Zappa (3 cr.) P: an instrument has been opened, instrument Discussion and analysis of works to be U522 Electronic Text Processing and permission of instructor. A detailed survey of acoustics, and related topics. Fifteen hours performed during the current Opera Theater Distribution (3 cr.) P: Demonstrable skill with the musical career of Rock’s most avant-garde instruction and laboratory per week. series. Designed to acquaint opera patrons at least one computing application (e.g., a composer. Traces Zappa’s early creative (and non–music majors) with the libretti and U480 Internship in Technology (cr. arr.) programming language or a word processing, output from his early days through his solo music. P: Consent of instructor. Internship in music- database, or spreadsheet application). M539 projects, his “big band” period, his orchestral related technology. Practical application of Introduction to Music Bibliography strongly Z201-Z202 History of Rock ‘n’ Roll Music I-II productions, and finally his groundbreaking related skills in a professional setting on or off recommended. Introduction to issues and (3-3 cr.) I. A survey of the major trends, styles, work with the Synclavier. All of Zappa’s campus for one semester. processes in the electronic manipulation of text and genres of rock music from the earliest commercially released albums are discussed, U500 Master’s Workshop in Performance and graphics, including hardware and recordings to the present day, focusing on the and students are responsible for a listening list (cr. arr.) software, electronic journals, full- and partial- work of the artists and groups who have of materials from these releases. proven to be of the most enduring significance. U501 Italian for Musicians (Singers) I-II text databases, optical character recognition, Z413 Latin American Popular Music (3 cr.) Credit given for non–music majors only. II. (3-3 cr.) Italian grammar and conversation, and copyright, network distribution, page layout Historical and cultural aspects in the P: Z201. A history and appreciation of rock’s extensive work on translation techniques and and conventional publication, and financial development of representative popular genres, classic era. The course begins with the 1964 skills. Musical and theatrical terminology. support (publishers, academic, and as they appear in Latin America, the British Invasion, which signaled the arrival of Archaic vocabulary and grammatical forms. commercial institutions, and federal agencies). Caribbean, and the United States. Issues of rock’s second generation. Examines the major Reading and translation of musical texts U523 Multimedia Development for Music performance and instrumentation and the musical figures and social issues (civil rights (songs, libretti) and of literary works related to Research and Instruction (3 cr.) output of significant composers, arrangers and struggle, the war in Vietnam) of the 1960s. the musical world. Will fulfill Italian language P: Demonstrable skill with at least one performers. Open to majors and non-majors. requirement for students who are deficient in computing application (e.g., a programming Z301 Rock Music in the 70s and 80s (3 cr.) A Two hours lecture; one hour performance this area. I. Emphasis on grammar. II. language or a word processing, database, or lecture-oriented course that covers the history ensemble lab. Will not count as X040 credit. Emphasis on translation and conversation. spreadsheet application). Multimedia of Rock ‘n’ Roll in the 1970’s and 1980’s. The U506 Historical Brass Instrument Design and hardware and software and their integration, post-Sgt. Pepper “splintering” of Rock and ensuing style changes are highlighted. Construction (3 cr.) The course will consist tools for music research, authoring languages, of a 3 hour laboratory session each week, hypertext and hypermedia issues in Z315 Music for Film (3 cr.) P: CMLT C190, supplemented by independent research instructional software design and Introduction to Film. A stylistic and analytic projects which will demand additional time development, and electronic classroom design survey of music for moving pictures, appropriate to a 3 credit course. The and use. concentrating on American and English laboratory portion of the course will consist of U524 Independent Research in Music narrative films. the construction of a reproduction of a Information Technology (3 cr.) Independent Z320 Special Topics in Popular Music (3 cr.) historical brass instrument, using methods and research in one or more of the topic areas of Z393 History of Jazz (3 cr.) Periods, major tools consistent with those used in the 17th each of U520 Music Library Information performers and composers, trends, influences, and 18th centuries. Processing, U521 Multimedia Resources of the stylistic features, and related materials. For U511 Concert Management (3 cr.) On national Electronic Studio, U522 Electronic Text non–music majors only. and local levels. Mechanics of management, Processing and Distribution, and U523 Multimedia Development for Music Research 82 School of Music School of Music 83

requirements, but it is not computed in the cumulative grade point average of 3.5 or Regulations and Procedures grade point average. The grade of F is higher may take an additional course for 2 to 3 included in determining grade point averages. credit hours. Only in very exceptional cases shall the total carried exceed 20 credit hours. Academic Regulations Incompletes and Deferred Grades No courses with a MUS or an EDUC prefix can If a student is not in attendance during the last be taken on a Pass/Fail basis by music majors. Graduate Students In the fall or spring Change of Degree Requirements several weeks of a semester, the instructor may B.M.E. students may use Pass/Fail courses semester, graduate degree students must Each student is subject to the degree report a grade of I (indicating the work is only for general education requirements enroll in a minimum of 8 credit hours, and requirements outlined in the current School of satisfactory at the end of the semester but has except for English W131 Elementary diploma students and visiting students must Music Bulletin. When new requirements are not been completed) if the instructor has Composition and Speech S121 Public Speaking enroll in a minimum of 9 credit hours introduced after a student has matriculated, reason to believe the absence was beyond the or their approved substitutes. B.M. and B.S. (including ensemble). In the summer session, the student may elect to observe either the student’s control; if not, the instructor shall students may use Pass/Fail courses only as the minimum number of credit hours is 4 for requirements in force at the date of record a grade of F. In addition, a student may free electives; they may not use Pass/Fail all graduate or diploma students. Students matriculation or those most recently not enroll in a course in which the student has courses to meet stated degree requirements. petitioning for exceptions to these credit hour established by the School of Music. received a grade of Incomplete, except in Once the Pass/Fail option request has been restrictions must present documentary performance. To remove an incomplete in processed, the decision cannot be reversed. evidence to the director of graduate studies. Grades music performance study, a student must The deadline for filing Pass/Fail option The official grading system of Indiana register in the following semester in the same requests is the end of the third week of the Correspondence Study University is as follows: number of credit hours as recorded for the semester or two weeks into a summer session. A student may earn some credit toward an A+ or A 4.0 incomplete; the grade earned as the result of a The pass/fail option is not available to undergraduate degree by enrolling in A– 3.7 jury examination, or given by the instructor if graduate or diploma students. correspondence courses. Students admitted B+ 3.3 no jury examination is required, becomes the to the School of Music must have courses B 3.0 grade for the previous semester’s incomplete. Change of Grade approved by the director of music B– 2.7 No grade may be changed after six calendar undergraduate studies before enrolling in It is the responsibility of the student who has C+ 2.3 months from the date of the last day of final them. incurred the grade of Incomplete in any course C 2.0 examinations. to fulfill the requirements of that course within Information about correspondence course C– 1.7 one calendar year from the date on which the offerings can be obtained by writing to the D+ 1.3 Absences Incomplete is recorded. The student is School of Continuing Studies, Owen Hall, D 1.0 Illness is usually the only acceptable excuse for expected to complete all necessary work in Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana D– 0.7 absence from class and must be officially time for the instructor to assign a regular grade 47405. F 0.0 confirmed. A student’s excessive absence is before the expiration of this time period. If this reported by the instructor to the dean of Audit Policy Addition of Courses is impossible because of circumstances clearly students. beyond the student’s control, it is the student’s The School of Music of Indiana University has No course may be added after the normal responsibility to notify the director of A student who misses a final examination and a long tradition of openness in its performing schedule adjustment period of a semester undergraduate studies or the Director of who has a passing grade up to that time may and academic activities. Students and visitors unless the instructor and department Graduate Studies, as appropriate, within the be given a grade of Incomplete if the instructor to the campus may benefit from opportunities chairperson of the course give signed approval same period of such circumstances and to has reason to believe that the absence was to attend lectures, rehearsals, lessons, or other and the course addition is approved by the petition for an extension of time. Every beyond the student’s control. The Committee activities. These activities may range from dean of the school in which the student is overdue Incomplete is changed to F at the end on Absence of the Office of the Dean of informal observation for a limited number of enrolled. of one year unless a grade is assigned during Students reviews excuses for absences from sessions to the following regulations: Withdrawal from Courses that year. final examinations and notifies instructors of Permission to observe classes informally is at its decisions. Withdrawals made during schedule The grade of R is used in courses such as the discretion of the supervising teacher. adjustment period will not appear on a research courses in which completion of the Every effort is made to avoid time conflicts Limitations in seating capacity may make it student’s permanent internal record. work of the course is not necessarily required between School of Music classes and impossible to include auditors or observers. Withdrawals during the first seven weeks of a at the end of the semester. performances. However, if a student is Permission to audit formally (i.e. with semester and the first two weeks of a summer required to participate in performances or registration and fees) is primarily the session are automatically marked W. After the Pass/Fail Option other activities officially sponsored by the responsibility of the supervising teacher but is first seven weeks of a regular semester or the Under certain circumstances an undergraduate School of Music that coincide with classes or subject to the following regulations: first two weeks of a summer session, student in good standing (not on probation) examinations within the school, some 1. Students may not register as auditors for withdrawal is permitted only if the dean of the may enroll in up to eight elective courses to be accommodation may be made by the any class that involves class participation. student’s school approves the request on the taken with a grade of P (Pass) or F (Fail) instructors involved. No consideration will be This includes classes in sight singing, ear basis of urgent, documented reasons relating during the four years of the undergraduate given for events not sponsored by the school. training and keyboard, instrumental to the student’s health or equivalent distress. program. A student may take two courses per techniques, ballet, and others. To determine The desire to avoid a low grade is not an academic year on the Pass/Fail option. An Minimum and Maximum Semester if a class falls under this provision, the acceptable reason for withdrawal from a academic year begins with the first day of the Load student should consult the chair of the course. If a student withdraws with the dean’s fall semester and ends with the last day of the Undergraduate Students Undergraduates in department in which the class is given. consent, the grade in the course shall be W if second summer session. the School of Music are not permitted to enroll 2. Students may register as auditors for music the work is passing and F if the work is not in fewer than 12 credit hours or more than 17 performance classes (applied music), but If a student elects the Pass/Fail option in a passing. The grade will be recorded on the credit hours during the fall and spring they will not be counted as part of the course, the Office of the Registrar will convert date of withdrawal. Failure to complete a semesters (fewer than 4 or more than 9 during faculty load, and they will not perform the final grade to either P (grade of A, B, C, or course without an authorized withdrawal will the summer session) exclusive of major themselves. D) or F (grade of F). The grade of P indicates result in the grade of F. ensemble (2 credits), except with special To observe or audit a lesson, students must satisfactory work in fulfillment of degree permission from the dean. The student with a have permission not only from the 84 School of Music School of Music 85

supervising teacher, but also from the 3. When they earn a failing grade in any of student whose lesson is being heard. the core curriculum courses. Failing grades Academic Standing— Special Procedures for 3. Formal auditing or informal observation of are F in the core music courses in music Graduate Doctoral Students classes is not intended as preparation for theory and literature and in music history, exemption or proficiency tests. Permission and C– or below in core music courses in Probation and Dismissal Language Proficiencies or Tool to observe or audit a class may be denied ear training. A graduate student will receive an “academic Subjects by the supervising faculty member on this 4. When they fail to achieve a passing grade warning” letter in any semester when the Candidates for doctoral degrees who expect to basis. in the major ensemble course, either by not semester gpa falls below 3.00, when a grade do research in specialized fields or who must 4. Music majors may not audit graduate enrolling in ensemble or by earning the below B is received in major ensemble, or have specialized techniques beyond those review courses in music theory. They may grade of F. when a grade below B is received in a course normally required of master’s degree students, audit graduate review courses in music 5. When they fail to enroll in piano required for the major field. must possess or acquire such techniques in history and literature if they have taken the instruction until completing the piano addition to the regular course requirements. graduate entering proficiency proficiency examination. A graduate student will be placed on academic probation in any semester when the Specific recommendations are made for each examinations. candidate on the basis of the degree choice and 5. Official audit status for a class requires the Every student on academic probation must cumulative gpa (representative of at least two comply with such restrictions as the probation semesters) falls below 3.00 or when a grade of results of the entering proficiency approval of the professor in charge. When examinations; the candidate has an approval is obtained, the student enrolls committee of the School of Music deems F is received in major ensemble or in a course necessary. Students incurring academic or required for the major field. opportunity to pass examinations in the during the schedule adjustment period. specified areas or to take prescribed courses. 6. No class that has been officially audited disciplinary probation are subject to loss of any financial assistance and are denied permission Students must complete all proficiency may be used towards degree credit of any requirements and any departmental The level of language proficiency required for kind in the School of Music unless: (a) the to participate in any off-campus musical events. prerequisites within five semesters of Ph.D. candidates is determined by the student passes a validation examination enrollment as a doctoral student (“D6” individual departments and the director of and any other requirements of the course Dismissal registrar coding). Failure to meet this condition graduate studies. under the supervision of the professor will constitute grounds for dismissal. teaching the course, (b) the student has met Students are dismissed from the School of Candidates for the D.M. degree have language Music when, in the judgment of the probation A graduate student may also be subject to or tool subject requirements according to the any prerequisites for the course (to be dismissal if the cumulative gpa is below 3.00 verified by the approving faculty member), committee, they have ceased to make progress nature of their degree plans. Majors in voice, toward their degree. When students are on for two successive semesters, or if the student opera conducting, or choral conducting must and (c) the student pays full tuition for the fails for a second time to achieve a satisfactory course. academic probation for two consecutive meet the language proficiency requirement for semesters (including the second summer grade in a graduate review course, or if, in the the master’s degree in voice. Change of Curriculum session), they are automatically considered to judgment of the Dean, the student is not be making insufficient progress toward their making progress toward the degree. A student Recital Requirements An undergraduate student may not change an degree. Students who have earned a grade who receives a semester gpa below 2.00 will be elected curriculum after beginning the fifth The following apply to all D.M. curricula (see point average of less than 1.0 during either subject to immediate dismissal. semester, or junior year, except with the also specific major field requirements): semester or the summer session are also approval of the School of Music faculty. In the The probationary rules will normally not be 1. When a doctoral student has received a considered to be making insufficient progress event that a curriculum is changed by action of applied to courses taken during the first grade below a B on one of the required toward their degree and are dismissed. the School of Music faculty, a student in that summer session. For any student already on recitals, the student may not play the same curriculum may elect to meet either the Readmission academic probation, this work will be program again in fulfillment of that recital requirements in effect at the date of considered in evaluating the student’s status requirement nor use any of the selections matriculation or those most recently adopted by The probation committee considers petitions after the next term of enrollment. from the unsatisfactory recital on any other the School of Music. The latter is recommended. for readmission from students who have been required recital. dismissed. A student dismissed for the first Students in the Artist Diploma and Performer Diploma programs are subject to the same 2. A student who receives a grade lower than time may petition for readmission to any a B on any two successive required recitals division of the university. The committee may academic probation policies as graduate Academic Standing— students. (including repetition of the same recital recommend reentrance without delay if requirement) may no longer pursue the Undergraduate warranted by exceptional circumstances and if D.M. degree in that major. it believes the student will make progress Application for Graduate Degrees Definition of Good Standing for or Diplomas 3. The last of the required recitals is the final toward the degree. A student dismissed for the recital, which is to be scheduled upon the Undergraduate Students second time may not be admitted for the next All candidates for graduate advanced degrees recommendation of the student’s advisory A regularly admitted student with a regular semester but is eligible to submit a or diplomas (except for the M.A., M.A.T., and committee chairperson after the qualifying cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or petition for readmission after a period of at Ph.D., which are applied for in the University examination is passed and before the above, and whose academic average for the least one regular semester. Graduate School) must complete an defense of the document is scheduled. The application for graduation no later than the last semester’s work did not fall below 2.0, is For petitions for readmission to be considered final public performance for choral third week of the semester in which they considered to be in good standing as a and accepted by the committee, they must be conducting majors, composition majors expect to graduate. Forms are available in the candidate for an Indiana University bachelor’s submitted before July 1 for the fall semester, (K701), and voice majors (lecture/recital) music graduate office. degree. December 1 for the spring semester, and April may be done before the qualifying 15 for the summer sessions. examinations. Voice majors are required to Academic Probation take at least two recitals before the Students are placed on academic probation in Class Standing qualifying examinations. any of the following instances: Class standing is based on the number of 4. Recital policies can be obtained from the 1. When their semester grade point average is credit hours successfully completed: freshman, Recital Scheduling Office. below 2.0. fewer than 27 credit hours; sophomore, 27 to 2. When their cumulative grade point average 55 credit hours; junior, 56 to 85 credit hours; is below 2.0. and senior, 86 or more credit hours. 86 School of Music School of Music 87

Public Performances schedule qualifying examinations in the music candidacy. Students whose candidacy lapses After Qualifying Examinations A student whose curriculum requires a public graduate office. Upon application, written are required to reapply for admission to Students must complete the doctoral degree performance as a conductor or composer must qualifying examinations may be written candidacy and are expected to meet current within seven years after passing the qualifying make the preliminary arrangements with the during the second summer session. requirements for the degree. Candidates who examinations. After that time, students must will graduate in August must enroll in the be reinstated to candidacy. To be reinstated to committee chairperson and must secure the Musical Styles preceding summer session. candidacy for the D.M. degree, students must approval of the advisory committee before the Students are given a written examination in event takes place. The major field (1) obtain the permission of the department which they are asked to identify and describe Dissertation and Document chairperson and the director of graduate representatives of the advisory committee representative musical styles on the basis of an shall attend the performance, or a dress Instructions for the development of a topic studies, (2) fulfill any new departmental analysis of aural and visual examples. The proposal may be obtained from the music requirements in effect at the time of the rehearsal of the performance, and by ballot musical styles examination must be taken prior filed with the director of graduate studies shall graduate office. The same office manages the application for reinstatement, (3) pass a to the oral qualifying examination. The styles scheduling of the dissertation or document written qualifying examination, content and determine (1) acceptance or rejection of the examination may be taken no more than twice. performance or dress rehearsal of the defense. Students desiring to undertake the duration of which will be agreed upon by the Additional information may be obtained from defense during a summer session must apply to the student’s examination committee and the performance (by majority vote) and (2) a letter the music graduate office. grade (by committee average). When a director of graduate studies before May 1. director of graduate studies. If reinstatement is performance or rehearsal is rejected, the course Written Examinations Students must take granted, it is valid for a period of three years. A Ph.D. student must be a candidate for the Revalidation of course work is not required. of action is determined by the director of written examinations in the major and minor degree in order to defend a dissertation. The graduate studies and the student’s advisory fields. (Minors outside the School of Music defense of the dissertation or document is oral Ph.D. Time Limits committee. may not require a written examination.) These and is normally based upon the dissertation or Ph.D. students follow the reinstatement examinations are prepared by the advisory document, although it may also touch upon procedure outlined in the bulletin of the Qualifying Examinations committee member(s) representing the major the major field literature or any field of general University Graduate School. Applicants for a doctoral degree are not or minor field and may be based on the music interest that the committee deems Interruption of Study Doctoral students considered candidates for the degree until they content of courses taken in each field or on the pertinent. have passed the qualifying examinations and background and concepts pertinent to the area. who, prior to completion of the qualifying have been recommended by their advisory At the discretion of the minor-field Time Limits examinations, have interrupted their degree committee to the dean of the University representative (as guided by appropriate Before Qualifying Examinations pursuits for a period of five years or more must meet current requirements for the Graduate School or the dean of the School of department policy), students having music Students must complete all course work for a degree, and make any other curricular changes Music. performance as a minor may substitute a D.M. degree (including those courses required by the major field advisor and the 30-minute performance examination by a transferred from other schools, but not Preliminary Requirements Before the director of graduate studies. faculty jury or a graded recital for the written including those on the master’s degree) and qualifying examinations are scheduled, examination. doctoral students must have been admitted to begin qualifying examinations within a period the curriculum and have met the following Oral Examination The major-field oral of seven calendar years from the date of Performance Study and preliminary requirements: qualifying examination for D.M. students has matriculation in the doctoral program. as its aim the assessment of the student’s Students who do not complete their doctoral 1. They must have satisfied all prerequisites, Performance-Related knowledge of the major performance area, work within the prescribed time limit must be proficiencies, and tool subject especially focused on the literature included in readmitted to the major field (through Policies requirements. a repertoire list approved by the student’s interview, submission of documents, or Assignments for Music Performance 2. They must have completed all course work advisory committee. This examination may audition, as appropriate to the major), meet for the major field (except recitals, include assessment of the student’s ability to current requirements, and make any other Study and Lessons performances, and dissertation, document, articulate an understanding of the curricular changes required by the director of The dean of the School of Music assigns or essay) in order to write the major-field formal/analytical characteristics of the music, graduate studies and the major-field students to teachers on the basis of student examination. For minors within the School its historical development and social context, department. If a student is readmitted to the requests and teacher availability. While the of Music, they must have completed all and features related to its teaching and major, the term of readmission is three years. If School of Music makes every effort to honor course work in the minor field before learning. The student’s knowledge is the student has not completed course work by teacher preferences, it cannot guarantee writing the examination for that minor. evaluated by the student’s advisory that time, he or she must once again meet the specific studio assignments. The assignment 3. Students pursuing the D.M. or the Ph.D. in committee. A majority vote of the committee terms for readmission described above. In takes place during the first week of classes of music theory must have their dissertation determines the outcome of the major-field addition, any doctoral courses taken more than each semester for students who have not or document topic approved before taking examination. Minor-field oral examinations, if ten calendar years earlier must be revalidated preregistered for a particular teacher. Such the oral qualifying examination. Students required, take place at the same time but are according to the procedures of the department preregistration is accomplished only with the pursuing the D.M.E. or the Ph.D. in music evaluated separately. A failed examination offering the course. written authorization of the requested teacher. education must have their dissertation or may be retaken once. The committee will Ph.D. and D.M.E. Time Limits Performance instruction in individual lessons or document topic approved before the prescribe the scope of questioning of the Ph.D. and D.M.E. students have 10 calendar a combination of individual and small group major-field written examination may be reexamination. Oral qualifying examinations years, including the master’s degree. Ph.D. lessons is at the discretion of the teacher. A scheduled. Students pursuing the Ph.D. in may not be scheduled during the summer students must receive permission to revalidate student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson musicology may have their dissertation sessions. courses from the director of graduate studies is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours topic approved before or after the and from the dean of the University Graduate before the beginning of the lesson; otherwise, qualifying examinations. Registration after Admission to School. D.M.E. students must receive except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, Research topic proposals must be approved by Candidacy permission to revalidate courses from the the student forfeits the right to a make-up the student’s research committee. Information After admission to candidacy, candidates must director of graduate studies. lesson. Students absent without excuse from on procedures for securing approval of enroll each semester for course work, more than three half-hour lessons in any one Qualifying Examinations research topics may be obtained from the dissertation or document credit, or G901 performance course during a semester fail in All qualifying examinations, written and oral, music graduate office. When preliminary Advanced Research. Failure to meet this that course, but their lessons are not must be completed within one calendar year. requirements have been met, students may requirement automatically terminates discontinued. Lessons missed by the teacher are 88 School of Music School of Music 89 made up at the mutual convenience of the representative of the dean’s office administers It is the prerogative of the teacher to ask for a For a junior recital, the following regulations student and teacher. the examination and makes recommendations committee examination of any student who is apply: for the student’s junior and senior years of making doubtful progress in the curriculum. The 1. No ensemble using a duplication of parts The number of lessons in a semester depends study. A written report of the committee’s teacher’s grade on the semester’s work is prepared upon the number of lesson hours falling on or requiring a conductor may be included. comments is compiled in the Office of before the examination and counts as one-half of the 2. There is no restriction on the number of regular school days, not including university Undergraduate Studies and furnished to the final grade. The committee decides the grade for the holidays. Practice time is assigned on a weekly assisting players provided that the above student after the upper-division examination. examination. The average of the teacher’s and the rule is followed. basis. The student is expected to practice a committee’s grades is the final grade. minimum of three hours a week for each hour In addition to the performance portion of the 3. The teacher of the candidate is responsible of credit and is assigned this amount of time in examination, all students working toward Hearings and Recitals for judging the validity of the chosen School of Music practice rooms, as space music education degrees have interviews with A prerecital hearing is required for all repertoire with regard to the sufficiently allows. To secure an assigned practice time, a the music education faculty. undergraduate and master’s degree recitals soloistic nature of the candidate’s part and student should complete an application for that are in partial fulfillment of academic to the likelihood of a good overall practice room assignment; this application is A student majoring in composition, jazz requirements. At the discretion of the faculty, performance. studies, opera scenic design, or opera stage available at the practice room supervisor’s other recitals may also be given a committee The Instrumental/Choral Operational Committee’s desk. Application for practice time should be direction is required to take a special hearing. It is the teacher’s responsibility to examination and should arrange a meeting approval for all assisting musicians in a solo recital made each semester as soon as the student schedule a hearing so that it can be completed must be received by the recital scheduling office completes a daily class schedule. All practice with the departmental chairperson prior to the and the recital performed within the deadlines upper-division examination. The chairperson before the recital can be scheduled. Special room applications are due Friday of the first established each semester by the dean of the instructions available from the choral and week of classes. Assignments are available reports the results of this examination to the School of Music. These deadlines, which are upper-division committee. In areas where instrumental conducting departments apply to from the practice room supervisor during the posted, vary according to the curriculum level students’ conducting recitals (G603 second week of classes. Practice room there is no assigned chairperson, students of the recital. While every effort is made to should report to the undergraduate advisor. Instrumental Conducting Performance, G801 assignments are made in hourly intervals, schedule the recital at a time desired by the Instrumental Conducting Performance, G810- beginning half-past each hour. Assigned Each student is graded on performance on the teacher and student, at least two weeks must G811 Choral Conducting Performance I-II) that rooms may be claimed between half-past and upper-division examination, and this grade is elapse between the date on which the use regular School of Music ensembles or 20 minutes before each hour. Any music the final grade for the semester’s work in the performance time is chosen and the ensembles formed especially for recitals. No student may use an unoccupied or unclaimed principal performance field. The student’s performance is given so that programs can be ensemble or recital credit is given for assisting practice room for the remainder of that teacher gives two grades, one for the printed and public announcements can be in a solo recital unless the students assisting practice hour. semester’s work and one for the performance made. Because of crowded performance have specifically registered for that particular schedules, students should have their hearings Any student taking a music performance at the examination; every other member of the assignment as ensemble or recital credit. Such committee gives one grade for the and perform their recitals as early as possible participation may in no way interfere with a course during a fall or spring semester must in the semester. B.M.E. students may give their enroll for at least two hours of credit in that examination. The student’s final grade is the student’s responsibility to the required average of all these grades. senior recital during the student-teaching ensemble activities or responsibility for performance course. B.M.E. students in the semester, provided that it does not occur semester of student teaching are exempt. Other Examinations in Music Performance assignments made by his or her performance during the student-teaching quarter. No teacher. Students are urged to submit their Courses Examinations by a committee recitals may be given during the examination requests for consideration well in advance of Examinations and Goals in composed of the student’s teacher and two period. the proposed hearing date and before Performance other members of the major field faculty, or a rehearsals begin since a change in the program Level of Achievement Each student taking closely related field, are held as follows: Hearings should normally be completed during the fall or spring semesters even if the or in personnel for the recital may be required performance courses must make satisfactory B.M. majors in performance: end of semester I by the Instrumental/Choral Operational progress each semester as determined by the recital is to be given at a later time. Students for all performance areas except string majors, wishing to have a recital hearing in the Committee. various examinations in performance. who have examinations at the end of semester summer must have prior approval of the A student may choose to perform an Upper-Division Examination II. The upper-division examination and junior The purpose chairperson of the department and the director undergraduate or master’s required recital in and senior recital hearings constitute of the upper-division examination is to assess of undergraduate or graduate studies. This is his or her home town or city. With the examinations for second, third, and fourth the undergraduate student’s general progress necessary to insure that the appropriate faculty teacher’s approval, the student should direct a years. and to determine continuation in the chosen committees are available to attend the hearing. letter of request to the departmental curriculum. The examination is administered B.M.E. concentrations, B.S. concentrations, and chairperson before the hearing. After at the end of the fourth semester of study or at For undergraduate recitals, the recital grade B.M. composition majors: semester II of the shall be assigned by an average of the grades successful completion of the hearing, the the end of the semester in which the student first year of study. The upper-division hearing committee will decide whether or not expects to complete at least 60 credit hours. of all those faculty members from the hearing examination and the senior recital constitute committee who attend the recital. Organ recital to approve the request, taking the situation of Transfer students who enter a degree program examinations for the second and fourth years. that particular student into consideration. with fewer than four semesters to be grades are based on the recital hearing. completed should be accepted directly into the Non-music majors in elective performance With the recommendation of the teacher, a Generally, student recitals may not performed upper-division examination at the end of the (undergraduates and graduates): each student may elect to perform in a required or in the Indiana University Auditorium or in the first semester in residence. Students who have semester. nonrequired recital a work that calls for one or Musical Arts Center. Student recitals may be a valid reason to postpone the examination held in Whittenberger Auditorium of the Music majors in secondary performance, more musicians or a small ensemble in may petition the director of undergraduate Indiana Memorial Union; however, the master’s degree students with a cognate in addition to, or instead of, a keyboard studies of the School of Music. The exam scheduling of this hall and the custodial performance, doctoral minors who have not accompanist. If the student is able to find should not be postponed past the time when expenses involved with its use are the completed qualifying examinations: semester II. instrumentalists or vocalists who are willing to an estimated four semesters of degree work perform the work on the recital, approval for responsibility of the student. Recitals held in remain to be completed. Master’s degree majors: no examinations their participation must be obtained from their Recital Hall, Ford Hall, Auer Hall, the organ (graduate recital only). studio, and all other School of Music rooms A committee composed of the student’s major respective teachers and from the Instrumental/Choral Operational Committee. and halls are scheduled by the recital department faculty members and a scheduler. 90 School of Music School of Music 91

The specific procedures for all School of Music not eligible for consideration for the members, chooses the repertoire for the damage incurred, other than the usual wear, is recitals are available from the recital scheduler Performer’s Certificate that semester. remaining time. For recitals lasting more the responsibility of the student. Repairs are in the main office of the School of Music. 3. Students unable to meet these deadlines than 45 minutes the chairperson of the made by the university and charged to the should consider delaying their recitals until committee consults with the student and student. Length of Recitals the beginning of the following semester. the chairperson of the department involved The following are the time limits in minutes 4. The All-Faculty Performer’s Certificate to determine a suitable length of time for Check List for the categories indicated: Committee hearings are conducted the hearing. Students who have not returned equipment, Minimum Maximum Tuesday afternoons; additional hearings music, instruments, keys, locks, etc., to the Junior 40 50 are conducted as needed on the Outside Instruction and Music Operations Office or other appropriate Senior Composition 30 60 Wednesday and Thursday of the last week Performance area by the designated date are fined and Senior and Master’s 50 60 of classes during the fall and spring Students are not permitted to use state placed on the check list. A student on the Artist Diploma 40 45 semesters and the second summer session. property for private enterprises such as the check list may not register in the following Performer Diploma 50 60 No hearings are held after Thursday of the teaching of lessons in university buildings. semester, receive honorable dismissal to enter Doctoral Period 40 45 last week of classes. another institution, or obtain a degree. If the Doctoral Final 60 75 5. The required quorum for attendance at the A student in performance may appear as a item is not returned, the student is charged for Voice, Senior and recital hearing is three faculty members. soloist on public programs only with the its value plus necessary fines to cover Master’s 40 50 Based on the number present, the necessary approval of his or her teacher. The faculty administrative expenses. The cost of a General nonrequired 60 number to be nominated for a performer’s reserves the right to limit or even prohibit complete lock change, made necessary by the General with ensemble certificate is shown in parentheses: 3 (2), 4 participation in music ensembles outside the loss of a key or failure to return a key, is (15 or more) 50 (3), 5 (4), 6 (4), 7 (5), 8 (6), 9 (6), 10 (7), 11 (8), School of Music if such participation interferes charged to the student. A fine is charged for with desirable musical growth on the part of For master’s composition recital: 30-40 minutes 12 (8), 13 (9), 14 (10), 15 (10), 16 (11), 17 (12), late return of keys. Locks are changed one the student. of student’s own composition in which the 18 (12), 19 (13), 20 (14), 21 (14). Nomination week after the deadline for return of keys. student takes part as performer and/or for the performer’s certificate means that Official Dress conductor. For master’s electronic and members of that performance study faculty The official dress for public performances of computer music recital: 30-45 minutes of (strings, woodwinds, brass, percussion, the School of Music is as follows: tuxedos for student’s own composition. For doctoral piano, harp, organ, voice, early men; long-sleeved black blouses and floor- composition recital: minimum of 45 minutes. instruments, and jazz studies) must attend length black skirts for women. The School of For brass and woodwind instruments: 10 the recital (see item 6. below). Music requires that the student own concert minutes less in all categories. For 6. The required quorum for attendance at the attire at the beginning of the year. Certain concentration recitals: minimum of 25 minutes, recital is five faculty members or two-thirds ensembles specify other types of attire and maximum of 50 minutes. of the faculty members of the particular performance study department, whichever make this known at the beginning of each Performer’s Certificate is larger. Departments with fewer than five semester. Undergraduate students, master’s degree members must arrange for faculty members from other departments to Use of School of Music Instruments students, and Performer Diploma students are School instruments are available only to eligible for the Performer’s Certificate, which is attend. Departments unable to meet these students enrolled in School of Music courses, awarded as special recognition of musical criteria may not offer the certificate during e.g., ensemble or performance lessons. Rental understanding and technical proficiency the eight-week summer session; the and deposit may be charged as approved by demonstrated in recital. Award of the chairperson of the respective department is the Indiana University Board of Trustees. Performer’s Certificate is a three-step process responsible for informing the students in Nonmusic students must pay a rental fee. involving the hearing, the recital, and a special the department. Of those present, the jury. Details are available in the undergraduate number of positive votes required to be The School of Music cannot give exclusive use and graduate offices. The following nominated for hearing by the All-Faculty of an instrument to one individual. Thus procedures are to be observed: Performer’s Certificate Committee is 5 (4), instruments may be assigned for use by more 6 (4), 7 (5), 8 (6), 9 (6), 10 (7), 11 (8), 12 (8), than one person. For this reason, each 1. For students who wish to be considered for 13 (9), 14 (10), 15 (10), 16 (11), 17 (12), 18 the performer’s certificate, the deadline for instrument must be kept in the locker assigned (12), 19 (13), 20 (14), 21 (14). to that instrument when not in use. a recital hearing is the Friday of the tenth 7. Students nominated for hearing by the All- week of the semester (Friday of the fifth Faculty Performer’s Certificate Committee A prescribed method of sign-out and return of week of the second summer session). should go immediately to the dean’s office instruments is essential to their efficient use. Students whose hearings occur after these to schedule a hearing. Failure to follow sign-out or return procedures dates are not eligible that semester for 8. The regular size of the All-Faculty subject the student to a minimum fine of $30 consideration for the Performer’s Performer’s Certificate Committee is seven plus $1 per day until the student is released of Certificate. Regular recital hearing members; the required quorum is five responsibility. deadlines hold for other students. members. Of those present, the number of Instruments are assigned for a specific period 2. For students who wish to be considered for positive votes required to award the of time, which is never to extend beyond the the performer’s certificate in a current certificate is 5 (4), 6 (4), 7 (5). last day of classes each semester. Students semester, the deadline for a recital to be 9. The scheduled length of the All-Faculty needing an instrument after the last day of attended by the entire departmental faculty Performer’s Certificate hearing is one-half classes must obtain special permission from is the Sunday of the second to the last week hour for all recitals with 45 minutes of the Instrumental Rental Office or be subject to of each fall and spring semester and second playing time or less. The student selects the the fine policy. summer session. Regular recital hearing music for the first ten minutes and the deadlines hold for other students. Students chairperson of the committee, in A student using a school-owned instrument is whose recitals occur after this deadline are consultation with other committee responsible for the care of the instrument; any 92 School of Music School of Music 93

Viola Professors Atar Arad, Alan deVeritch, Professors Alan Bennett, Michael Belnap, Faculty of the School of Music, Mimi Zweig Patricia Stiles Violoncello Distinguished Professor Janos Woodwinds Indiana University Bloomington Starker; Professors Tsuyoshi Tsutsumi, Helga Flute Professor Kathryn Lukas; Associate Winold; Assistant Professor Emilio Colon Arts Administration Associate Professor Ellen Woods; Associate Professor Lissa Professor Thomas Robertello Double Bass Professors Bruce Bransby, Schantz Fleming-May Oboe Visiting Professor Henry Schuman Lawrence Hurst Audio Associate Professor Wayne Jackson Music in General Studies Professor Mary Clarinet Professors James Campbell, Eli Goetze; Associate Professor Glenn Gass; Technical Studies Assistant Professor Mary Ballet Professors Jacques Cesbron, Virginia Eban, Howard Klug Assistant Professor Gerardo Dirié Grusak (costume construction); Lecturers Cesbron, Violette Verdy; Associate Professor Stephen Shaver (piano technology), Thomas Bassoon Professor Kim Walker Leslie Peck Musicology Distinguished Professor Thomas Sparks (string instrument technology) Mathiesen, David H. Jacobs Chair in Music; Saxophone Distinguished Professor Eugene Band Professors Ray E. Cramer, Stephen W. Professors A. Peter Brown, J. Peter Burkholder, Voice Distinguished Professors Virginia Zeani, Rousseau; Assistant Professor Thomas Walsh Pratt; Associate Professor David Woodley; Jane Fulcher, Associate Professors Daniel Martina Arroyo; Professor Giorgio Tozzi, Assistant Professor Douglas Stotter Melamed, Massimo Ossi; Assistant Professors Henry Upper Chair in Music; Professors Klara Brass Leslie Kearney, Jeffrey Magee Barlow, Costanza Cuccaro, Roger Havranek, Paul Kiesgen, James King, Teresa Kubiak, Horn Professors Myron Bloom, Michael Music Theory Professors Robert Hatten, Martha Lipton (part time), James McDonald, Hatfield David Neumeyer, Benito Rivera, Lewis Carlos Montané, Timothy Noble, Patricia Wise; Trumpet Professors Edmund Cord, John Rowell, Mary Wennerstrom; Associate Associate Professors Gary Arvin, Mary Ann Rommel, Marie Speziale Professors Eric Isaacson, Marianne Hart, Patricia Havranek (part time); Assistant Trombone and Euphonium Professors Kielian-Gilbert, Gary Potter; Assistant Carl Lenthe, M. Dee Stewart; Associate Professor Gretchen Horlacher Professor Scott Hartman (part-time) Opera Tuba Professor Daniel Perantoni Indiana University–Purdue University Opera Production Associate Professor Choral Conducting Professors Jan Harrington, Mark Clark Indianapolis Music Faculty Robert Porco, Michael Schwartzkopf, Associate Professor Carmen Tellez; Gwyn Opera Coaching Professor Edwin Richards, Lecturer (part-time) Penhorwood (part-time); Assistant Professors Professor David Peters; Associate Professors (part-time) Mark Phelps, Shuichi Umeyama Darrell Bailey, Fred Rees; Assistant Professor Composition Professors Claude Baker, Don Jay Fern; Lecturer Jack Gilfoy Freund, Eugene O’Brien, Sven-David Scenic Design and Technical Production Sandström; Associate Professors David Professors C. David Higgins, Robert O’Hearn, Dzubay, Jeffrey Hass (electronic and computer Allen White; Lecturer Gerard Duffin; music), P.Q. Phan Instructor Harold F. Mack Early Music Professors Paul Hillier (Director), Stage Direction Professor Vincent Liotta Paul Elliott (voice), Eva Legêne (recorder), Organ Professors Marilyn Keiser, Larry Smith; Nigel North (lute), Stanley Ritchie (baroque Associate Professor Christopher Young violin), Elisabeth Wright (harpsichord); Associate Professors Wendy Gillespie (viola da Percussion Professors Gerald Carlyss, William gamba), Richard Seraphinoff (natural horn); Roberts; Associate Professor Wilber T. England Assistant Professor Barbara Kallaur (baroque (part-time) flute) (part-time), Visiting Instructor Michael Piano Distinguished Professors Menahem McCraw (baroque bassoon) (part-time), Pressler, Dean Charles H. Webb Chair in Visiting Lecturer Stephen Hammer (baroque Music, Gyorgy Sebok; Professors Edward oboe) (part-time) Auer, Edmund Battersby, Evelyne Brancart, Guitar Professor Ernesto Bitetti Luba Dubinsky, Leonard Hokanson, Shigeo Neriki, Karen Shaw, Henry Upper; Associate Harp Distinguished Professor Susann Professor Emile Naoumoff, Assistant Professor McDonald; Assistant Professor Elzbieta Szmyt Jeremy Denk Instrumental Conducting Professors Thomas Strings Baldner, David Effron, Imre Palló Violin Distinguished Professor Franco Jazz Studies Distinguished Professor David N. Guilli, Dorothy Richards Starling Chair in Baker; Associate Professor Pat Harbison; Violin Studies; Professors Paul Biss, Miriam Assistant Professors Michael Lucas, Thomas Fried, Mauricio Fuks, Henryk Kowalski, Walsh Stanley Ritchie, Nelli Shkolnikova, Yuval Music Education Professors Michael V.W. Yaron, Mimi Zweig; Professor Ik-Hwan Bae Gordon, Estelle R. Jorgensen, Charles P. (chamber music); Assistant Professor Brenda Schmidt, Michael Schwartzkopf, David G. Brenner 94 School of Music School of Music 95

A statement of students’ rights and (f) Four semesters of foreign language are Indiana University responsibilities is published in a handbook, strongly recommended. Transfer to Other Indiana Code of Student Rights, Responsibilities, and (g) Courses to develop writing University Campuses When you become a student at Indiana Conduct, which contains a description of due composition skills are strongly University, you join an academic community process hearings in the event of disciplinary recommended. The policy stated below concerning transfer credit internationally known for the excellence and action. 2. A rank in the upper half of the high school pertains to undergraduate students only. diversity of its programs. With 878 degree graduating class for Indiana residents or a Degree Requirements Students are Indiana University credits transferred from programs, the university attracts students rank in the upper third of the high school responsible for understanding all one campus of Indiana University to another from all 50 states and around the world. The graduating class for out-of-state residents. requirements for graduation and for will be evaluated and accepted in terms at full-time faculty numbers almost 4,000 and 3. A score above the median established by completing them by the time they expect to least as favorable as credits transferred from includes members of many academic societies Indiana students on a nationally graduate. Information about a specific school other accredited institutions in the United such as the American Academy of Arts and standardized admissions test. Students or division can be found in the front section of States. No review of the credits will be Sciences, the American Philosophical Society, who have been out of high school for three the bulletin for that school. undertaken except in good faith terms of the and the National Academy of Sciences. or more years do not have to submit test same criteria used in evaluating external scores unless required for admission to Indiana University was founded at Requests for deviation from department, credits. In fact, students transferring within specific programs. Bloomington in 1820 and is one of the oldest program, or school requirements may be the Indiana University system are treated 4. Each campus may accept students who are and largest institutions of higher education in granted only by written approval from the much more favorably because of the similarity deficient in (1), (2), or (3) of the above the Midwest. It serves 92,000 students on eight respective chairperson, director, or dean (or a of course work on the eight campuses. specifications upon receipt of such campuses. The residential campus at designated administrative representative). evidence as the combination of strength of Students who want to transfer to another Bloomington and the urban center at Disposition at each level is final. college-preparatory program, rank in class, campus should follow these procedures: Indianapolis form the core of the university. grades and grade trends in college- Campuses in Gary, Fort Wayne, Kokomo, 1. Inform your academic advisor of your preparatory courses, and standardized test New Albany, Richmond, and South Bend join Undergraduate decision as soon as possible. Degree scores. For persons who do not meet the Bloomington and Indianapolis in bringing an requirements may vary from one campus Admissions Policy above criteria and who have been out of education of high quality within reach of all of to another but if your advisor knows of high school three or more years, admission Indiana’s citizens. Indiana University has adopted the following your plan, your academic program can be admissions policy to ensure that can be based on other factors such as a designed to meet the requirements of the undergraduate students are properly prepared General Educational Development (GED) campus you will eventually attend. General Policies for college work. These standards seek to diploma, maturity, work experience, 2. Contact the department chairperson (or the ensure either adequate academic preparation military service, and other factors as designated advisor) at the campus you Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action in high school or evidence of unusual determined by the campus. plan to attend. Discuss your plan and ask Policy of Indiana University motivation on the part of each student 5. Each campus, at its discretion, may admit a about any special procedures. For example, Indiana University pledges itself to continue admitted to the university. Applicants for student on a probationary basis and/or students transferring in fine arts must its commitment to the achievement of equal admission to Indiana University are expected through faculty sponsorship. submit portfolios of their work. Music opportunity within the university and transfer students must be auditioned. to meet the following criteria. Transfer Students1 throughout American society as a whole. In 3. As the date of transfer approaches, check 1 1. Submission of official transcripts from all this regard, Indiana University will recruit, Freshman Students with your campus registrar to get previous institutions attended. hire, promote, educate, and provide services 1. Graduation from a commissioned Indiana information on registration dates and 2. The transcripts must reflect a cumulative to persons based upon their individual high school or comparable out-of-state procedures on the other campus. If there is grade point average of at least a 2.0 (on a qualifications. Indiana University prohibits institution, successfully completing a a preregistration or preenrollment 4.0 scale) for Indiana residents and at least discrimination based on arbitrary minimum of 28 semesters of college- procedure at the other campus, you should a 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) for out-of-state consideration of such characteristics as age, preparatory courses including the plan to take advantage of it. Contact the residents. color, disability, ethnicity, gender, marital following: registrar of the other campus to determine 3. If the student has fewer than 26 status, national origin, race, religion, sexual (a) Eight semesters of English. (One whether you can fulfill any of these transferable credit hours, the high school orientation, or veteran status. semester each of speech and responsibilities by phone. Your registrar record should reflect compliance with journalism may be included.) has a direct telephone line to all other Indiana University shall take affirmative freshman admission requirements as (b) Four semesters of social science registrars. action, positive and extraordinary, to specified above. (economics, government, history, 4. When you arrive on the new campus, overcome the discriminatory effects of 4. The credentials of students seeking transfer psychology, or sociology). contact your assigned academic adviser or traditional policies and procedures with to Indiana University will be evaluated on (c) Four semesters of algebra (two department chairperson as soon as regard to the disabled, minorities, women, and an individual basis. semesters of which must be advanced possible. Discuss your academic progress Vietnam-era veterans. algebra) and two semesters of When students do not qualify upon first to date and the additional course work geometry. An Affirmative Action office on each campus application, they will be counseled about ways required for your program. (d) Two semesters of laboratory science monitors the university’s policies and assists of removing deficiencies so that they may (biology, chemistry, or physics). individuals who have questions or problems qualify for admission at a later date. If any (e) Eight semesters in some combination related to discrimination. provision of this policy is held invalid, the of foreign language; additional invalidity does not affect other provisions of Confidentiality of Student Records mathematics, laboratory science, or this policy which can be given effect without In accordance with federal statutes and social science; computer science; and the invalid provision, and to this end the regulations, student records are confidential other courses of a college-preparatory provisions of this policy are severable. and available for disclosure to persons other nature. than the student only under stated conditions. ————————— 1 Some academic programs require specific Student Rights and Responsibilities qualifications in addition to those enumerated in this policy. 96 School of Music School of Music 97

university, subject to the exception in (c)1 from paying the nonresident fee by clear (o) The facts and documents pertaining Rules Determining below. and convincing evidence that he or she to the person’s past and existing Resident and (a) The residence of an unemancipated has been a resident (see rule 1 above) of status as a student. person under 21 years of age follows Indiana for the 12 months prior to the first (p) Parents’ tax returns and other Nonresident Student that of the parents or of a legal scheduled day of classes of the semester in information, particularly when guardian who has actual custody of which his or her fee status is to be emancipation is claimed. Status for Indiana such person or administers the changed. Such a student will be allowed 5. The fact that a person pays taxes and University Fee Purposes property of such person. In the case of to present his or her evidence only after votes in the state does not in itself divorce or separation, if either parent the expiration of 12 months from the establish residence, but will be considered These rules establish the policy under which meets the residence requirements, residence qualifying date, i.e., the date as hereinbefore set forth. students shall be classified as residents or such person will be considered a upon which the student commenced the 6. The registrar or the person fulfilling those nonresidents upon all campuses of Indiana resident.1 12-month period for residence. The duties on each campus shall classify each University for university fee purposes. (b) If such person comes from another following factors will be considered student as resident or nonresident and Nonresident students shall pay a nonresident state or country for the predominant relevant in evaluating a requested change may require proof of all relevant facts. The fee in addition to fees paid by a resident purpose of attending the university, in a student’s nonresident status and in burden of proof is upon the student student. he or she shall not be admitted to evaluating whether his or her physical making a claim to a resident student These rules shall take effect February 1, 1974; resident student status upon the basis presence in Indiana is for the predominant status. provided, that no person properly classified as of the residence of a guardian in fact, purpose of attending a college, university, 7. A Standing Committee on Residence shall a resident student before February 1, 1974, except upon appeal to the Standing or other institution of higher education. be appointed by the president of the shall be adversely affected by these rules, if he Committee on Residence in each The existence of one or more of these university and shall include two students or she attended the university before that date case.2 factors will not require a finding of from among such as may be nominated by and while he or she remains continuously (c) Such person may be classified as a resident student status, nor shall the the student body presidents of one or enrolled in the university. resident student without meeting the nonexistence of one or more require a more of the campuses of the university. If 1. ‘‘Residence’’ as the term, or any of its 12-month residence requirement finding of nonresident student status. All fewer than four are nominated, the variations (e.g., ‘‘resided’’), as used in the within Indiana if his or her presence factors will be considered in combination, president may appoint from among context of these rules, means the place in Indiana results from the and ordinarily resident student status will students not nominated. where an individual has his or her establishment by his or her parents of not result from the doing of acts which are 8. A student who is not satisfied by the permanent home, at which he or she their residence within the state and if required or routinely done by sojourners determination of the registrar has the right remains when not called elsewhere for he or she proves that the move was in the state or which are merely auxiliary to lodge a written appeal with the labor, studies, or other special or predominantly for reasons other than to the fulfillment of educational purposes. Standing Committee on Residence within temporary purposes, and to which he or to enable such person to become (a) The residence of a student’s parents 30 days of receipt of written notice of the she returns in seasons of repose. It is the entitled to the status of ‘‘resident or guardians. registrar’s determination which place a person has voluntarily fixed as a student.’’2 (b) The situs of the source of the student’s committee shall review the appeal in a fair permanent habitation for himself or (d) When it shall appear that the parents income. manner and shall afford to the student a herself with an intent to remain in such of a person properly classified as a (c) To whom a student pays his or her personal hearing upon written request. A place for an indefinite period. A person at ‘‘resident student’’ under taxes, including property taxes. student may be represented by counsel at any one time has but one residence, and a subparagraph (c) above have (d) The state in which a student’s such hearing. The committee shall report residence cannot be lost until another is removed their residence from automobile is registered. its determination to the student in writing. gained. Indiana, such person shall then be (e) The state issuing the student’s If no appeal is taken within the time (a) A person entering the state from reclassified to the status of driver’s license. provided herein, the decision of the another state or country does not at nonresident; provided, that no such (f) Where the student is registered to registrar shall be final and binding. that time acquire residence for the reclassification shall be effective until vote. 9. The Standing Committee on Residence is purpose of these rules, but except as the beginning of a semester next (g) The marriage of the student to a authorized to classify a student as a provided in rule 2(c), such person following such removal. resident of Indiana. resident student, though not meeting the must be a resident for 12 months in (e) A person once properly classified as a (h) Ownership of property in Indiana and specific requirements herein set forth, if order to qualify as a resident student resident student shall be deemed to outside of Indiana. such student’s situation presents unusual for fee purposes. remain a resident student so long as (i) The residence claimed by the student circumstances and the individual (b) Physical presence in Indiana for the remaining continuously enrolled in on loan applications, federal income classification is within the general scope of predominant purpose of attending a the university until such person’s tax returns, and other documents. these rules. The decision of the committee college, university, or other institution degree shall have been earned, subject (j) The place of the student’s summer shall be final and shall be deemed of higher education, shall not be to the provisions of subparagraph (d) employment, attendance at summer equivalent to a decision of the Trustees of counted in determining the 12-month above. school, or vacation. Indiana University. period of residence; nor shall absence 3. The foreign citizenship of a person shall (k) The student’s future plans including 10. A student or prospective student who from Indiana for such purpose not be a factor in determining resident committed place of future shall knowingly provide false information deprive a person of resident student student status if such person has legal employment or future studies. or shall refuse to provide or shall conceal status. capacity to remain permanently in the (l) Admission to a licensed profession in information for the purpose of improperly 2. A person shall be classified as a ‘‘resident United States. Indiana. achieving resident student status shall be student’’ if he or she has continuously 4. A person classified as a nonresident (m) Membership in civic, community, and subject to the full range of penalties, resided in Indiana for at least 12 student may show that he or she is other organizations in Indiana or including expulsion, provided for by the consecutive months immediately exempt elsewhere. university, as well as to such other ————————— (n) All present and intended future punishment which may be provided for preceding the first scheduled day of 1 classes of the semester or other session in Invocation of the provision in Rule 2(a) that applies connections or contacts outside of by law. to cases of divorce or separation requires appropriate Indiana. which the individual registers in the legal documentation. 2Rules 2(b) and 2(c) apply only to unemancipated persons under 21 years of age. 98 School of Music School of Music 99

11. A student who does not pay additional overpayment of fees for that semester or monies which may be due because of his session. Fees or her classification as a nonresident 13. If any provision of these rules or the The instructional fees listed here were approved at the May 1999 meeting of the Trustees of student within 30 days after demand, application thereof to any person or Indiana University. Fees are subject to change by action of the trustees. For up-to-date shall thereupon be indefinitely circumstance is held invalid, the invalidity information about fees in effect at registration time, see the campus Schedule of Classes. suspended. does not affect other provisions or 12. A student or prospective student who fails applications of these rules which can be Certain courses and programs requiring studios, laboratories, microscopes, computers, or other to request resident student status within a given effect without the invalid provision special equipment may involve special fees in addition to the instructional fee. Applied music, particular semester or session and to or application, and to this end the student teaching, and some physical education courses also carry additional fees. See the campus pursue a timely appeal (see rule 8) to the provisions of these rules are severable. Schedule of Classes for a list of such courses and programs. Standing Committee on Residence shall be Fees for Indiana University campuses other than Bloomington and Indianapolis are published in deemed to have waived any alleged the bulletin of the specific campus.

INSTRUCTIONAL FEES Indiana Resident Nonresident Bloomington Campus

Undergraduate1 $1,876.15 flat fee/semester $6,229.85 flat fee/ semester for 12 to 17 credit hours for 12 to 17 credit hours $117.10/credit hour $389.35/credit hour under 12 or over 17 under 12 or over 17 Graduate and Professional1 Business–M.B.A. Program2 $4,389.25/semester $8,778.50/semester Business3 $274.40/credit hour $549.00/credit hour Law $236.20/credit hour $605.80/credit hour Library and Information Science $165.90 $483.25 Optometry $196.00/credit hour $544.30/credit hour Public and Environmental Affairs— $194.40/credit hour $527.00/credit hour M.P.A. and M.S.E.S. Programs Other $160.55/credit hour $467.75/credit hour Independent Study (Correspondence) $96.25/credit hour $96.25/credit hour Dissertation research (G901)4 $150.00/semester $150.00/semester Auditing (no credit) $25.00/credit hour $25.00/credit hour Distance Education Special Courses5 for Schools of Education; and Health, Physical Education, and Recreation: Graduate Undergraduate Same as rate for on-campus instruction in respective category

Indianapolis Campus

Undergraduate1 $114.40/credit hour $356.00/credit hour Graduate and Professional1 Business–M.B.A. Program $250.00/credit hour $500.00/credit hour Business–M.P.A. Program $187.50/credit hour $375.00/credit hour Dentistry $12,190.00/year $26,107.80/year Engineering $171.40/credit hour $490.00/credit hour Law $228.50/credit hour $555.00/credit hour Medicine $13,245.00/year $30,330.00/year Nursing $157.60/credit hour $454.65/credit hour Social Work $160.55/credit hour $462.95/credit hour Master of Accountancy $187.50/credit hour $375.00/credit hour Other $157.60/credit hour $454.65/credit hour Dissertation research (G901)4 $100.00/semester $100.00/semester Auditing (no credit) Applicable credit hour rate Applicable credit hour rate Distance Education Special Courses for Allied Health Histotechnology: Graduate and Undergraduate Same as rate for on-campus instruction in respective category

————————— 1 Includes credit courses in the School of Continuing Studies. 2 M.B.A. students enrolled in 9 or more credit hours of business courses will be assessed a flat rate. Enrollment in any courses other than business will be assessed on a per-credit-hour basis. 3 Graduate business credit hour rates apply to (a) M.B.A. students enrolled in fewer than 9 credit hours of business courses, and (b) students enrolled in a doctoral business program. 4 To keep their candidacies active, doctoral students with 90 credit hours or more and Master of Fine Arts students with 60 credit hours or more may enroll in G901 for a flat fee of $150. Also, they must have completed all graduate degree requirements except for the dissertation or final project/performance. Enrollment in G901 is limited to six times. Students who do not meet these criteria pay the applicable credit hour rate for dissertation research. 5In addition to instructional fee rates, course fees of $90.00 for Education, $75.00 for HPER, and $50.00 for Library and Information Science will be assessed. 100 School of Music School of Music 101

INCIDENTAL FEES6 Bloomington Campus Indianapolis Campus Course Fee Refund Schedule Time of Withdrawal Refund Time of Withdrawal Refund 1-week (or less) classes Application for admission 9- through 16-week classes During 1st day of classes 100% Domestic, undergraduate $40.00 $35.00 During 2nd day of classes 50% Domestic, graduate $45.00 $35.00 During 1st week of classes 100% During 2nd week of classes 75% During 3rd day of classes International $45.00 $55.00 and thereafter None Deferment service charge7 $23.00 $22.00 During 3rd week of classes 50% 8 During 4th week of classes 25% The refund policy applies to credit hour fees Health service fee $76.50/semester and all course-related fees. $32.80/summer I During 5th week of classes $43.70/summer II and thereafter None Procedure See the Schedule of Classes for more Late payment charge $52.00/semester $11.00/month 5- through 8-week classes information about how to withdraw from Late program change9 $20.00/course added $19.00/course added During 1st week of classes 100% classes. or dropped During 2nd week of classes 50% Student Financial Assistance Students can Late registration10 $52.00 to $92.00/semester $40.00 to $100.00/ During 3rd week of classes obtain information about financial assistance $50.00/summer session semester and thereafter None through the financial aid office, through the $40.00 to $65.00/ student employment office, or through their summer session 2- through 4-week classes schools and departments. For courses taken in Student activity fee11 $26.75 or $23.32 or $33.65/ During the 1st and 2nd day of classes 100% Bloomington, contact the Office of Student $53.51/semester semester During 3rd and 4th day of classes 50% Financial Assistance or Human Resources $13.36 or $26.75/summer $26.65/semester for During 5th day of classes Management for information about faculty/ session Athletic Development and thereafter None staff fee courtesy; for courses taken at IUPUI, Technology fee, fall or spring semesters12 contact the Office of Student Financial Aid. Undergraduate $25.00, $50.00, $100.00 $26.78, $53.56, $80.35 Graduate/professional, nondegree students $12.00, $25.00, $50.00 (varies) Technology fee, summer sessions13 Undergraduate $25.00, $50.00 $26.78, $40.17 Veterans Benefits Graduate/professional, Eligible students will receive veterans benefits according to the following scale, which is based on nondegree students $12.00, $25.00 (varies) the number of credit hours in which the student is enrolled. Transcripts $9.00 $7.00 University Division services fee $25.00/semester Bloomington Business Undergraduate program fee $200.00/semester and IUPUI Bloomington Undergraduate Fall/Spring IUPUI Bloomington and IUPUI ————————— Benefits Semesters 1 Summer I1 Summer I Summer II 1 6Applicable to both in-state and out-of-state students. full 12 or more 6 4 6 7Fee is assessed if deferred billing option is elected. three-quarters 9-11 4-5 3 4-5 8The health fee is assessed each semester/session on the Bursar’s bill for all day and evening students enrolled one-half 6-8 3 2 3 in more than 3 credit hours. Eligible individuals not covered by the health fee will be seen on a fee-for-service tuition only fewer than 6 1-2 1 1-2 basis. 9After drop/add period (100 percent refund period), students will be assessed $20.00 in Bloomington and Graduate $19.00 in Indianapolis for each added course, section change, change of arranged hours, or credit/audit change. Benefits On the Bloomington campus, students will also be assessed for each dropped course. 10 full 8 or more 4 4 4 A late registration fee will be assessed any student who does not register during the scheduled registration three-quarters 6-7 3 3 3 period. On the Bloomington campus, the fee is $52.00 for students who register by the last Friday before classes begin and increases by $10.00 on the Monday of each successive week to a maximum of $92.00. On the one-half 4-5 2 2 2 Indianapolis campus, a $40.00 late registration fee is in effect upon conclusion of registration through the end of tuition only fewer than 4 1 1 1 the first week of classes, increasing by $25.00 the first week, $20.00 the second week, and $15.00 the third week to a maximum of $100.00. In Indianapolis summer sessions, a late registration fee of $40.00 is assessed the first week, and $65.00 the second week and thereafter. It is the responsibility of the veteran or veteran Veterans with service-connected disabilities 11Bloomington students enrolled in 3 or fewer credit hours during the fall and spring semesters pay a dependent to sign up for benefits each may qualify for the Department of Veterans mandatory student activity fee of $26.75. Students enrolled in more than 3 credit hours pay $53.51. Summer- semester or summer session of enrollment. It is Affairs Vocational Rehabilitation Program. session students pay a fee per session according to the number of credit hours in which they are enrolled: 3 or They should contact their regional VA office also the responsibility of the veteran or veteran for eligibility information. fewer credit hours, $13.36; more than 3 credit hours, $26.75. At Indianapolis, the student activity fee for 1 to 8 dependent on the Bloomington campus to credit hours is $14.95 per semester. Students enrolled in 9 or more credit hours pay $33.65 per semester. Indianapolis students are also charged a $26.65 Athletic Development fee each semester. notify the Office of Disabled Student Services At IUPUI, veterans and veteran dependents 12A technology fee will be assessed according to the number of enrolled credit hours as follows: 3 credit hours and Veterans Affairs of any schedule change must notify their veteran benefit or fewer; greater than 3 through 6 credit hours; greater than 6 credit hours. that may increase or decrease the amount of representative in the Office of the Registrar in 13At Indianapolis, a technology fee is assessed for summer sessions according to the number of enrolled credit benefits allowed. Veterans and veteran person at the time of registration. hours as follows: 3 or fewer credit hours; greater than 3 credit hours. At Bloomington, summer-session students dependents on the IUPUI campus should are assessed half the regular-semester technology fee, based on the number of credit hours as follows: 3 credit notify the Office of the Registrar. hours or fewer; greater than 3 credit hours. ————————— 1 On the IUPUI campus, check with a VA representative in the Office of the Registrar for positive verification of your hourly status. Indiana University Bulletins You may want to explore other schools of Indiana University. The following is a complete list of our bulletins. Please write directly to the individual unit or campus for its bulletin. Indiana University Bloomington College of Arts and Sciences Kelley School of Business1 School of Continuing Studies2 School of Education3 School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation School of Journalism School of Law—Bloomington4 School of Library and Information Science School of Music School of Optometry School of Public and Environmental Affairs3 University Division5 University Graduate School Indiana University–Purdue University Indianapolis School of Allied Health Sciences Kelley School of Business1 School of Continuing Studies2 School of Dentistry School of Education3 School of Engineering and Technology (Purdue University) Herron School of Art School of Journalism School of Law—Indianapolis4 School of Liberal Arts School of Medicine School of Nursing3 School of Optometry School of Physical Education School of Public and Environmental Affairs3 School of Science (Purdue University) School of Social Work University College University Graduate School Indiana University East (Richmond) Indiana University–Purdue University Fort Wayne Indiana University Kokomo Indiana University Northwest (Gary) Indiana University South Bend Indiana University Southeast (New Albany)

————————— 1 There are two separate bulletins for the Bloomington and Indianapolis undergraduate business programs; please specify which of the two bulletins you need. The graduate business programs for Bloomington and Indianapolis are also separate. Contact the school for a bulletin describing these programs. 2 Bulletins on the General Studies Degree Program, Independent Study Program, and Division of Labor Studies are available from this school. 3 Two bulletins are issued: graduate and undergraduate. 4 There are two Indiana University schools of law. Be sure to specify whether you want a bulletin of the Bloomington or Indianapolis school. 5 Available only to admitted University Division students.